Skip to main content

Full text of "Doctor Who - The Complete History (2015)"

See other formats


THE DEFINITIVE GUIDE TO THE MAKING OF DOCTOR WHO 
[BI BIC) 


DOCTOR 


eS 
.* 
{ 
ae 
DOCTOR 


@@ THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


HORROR OF FANG ROCH, 
THE INVISIBLE ENEMY, IMAGE OF THE FENDAHL 
AND THE SUN MAKERS 


THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK 

THE INVISIBLE ENEMY 
IMAGE OF THE FENDAHL 
THE SUN MAKERS 


1B I BIC] 


DOCTOR 


WHO 


THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


EDITOR JOHN AINSWORTH 

EDITORIAL ASSISTANT EMILY COOK 

DOCTOR WHO MAGAZINE EDITOR TOM SPILSBURY 

ART EDITOR PAULVYSE 

ORIGINAL DESIGN RICHARD ATKINSON 

COVER AND STORY MONTAGES LEE JOHNSON 

PRODUCTION ASSISTANT PETER WARE 

ORIGINAL PRODUCTION NOTES ANDREW PIXLEY WITH UNA 
cCORMACK (IMAGE OF THE FENDAHL) 

ADDITIONAL MATERIAL JONATHAN MORRIS, RICHARD ATKINSON, 
ALISTAIR McGOWN, TOBY HADOKE 
WITH THANKS TO CHRIS BOUCHER, DAVID BRUNT, PAUL CONDON, 
DAVID J HOWE, ANDREW MARTIN, BRIAN MINCHIN, STEVEN MOFFAT, 
KIRSTY MULLEN, JON PREDDLE, JULIE ROGERS, MARTIN ROSS, 

AN VINCENT-RUDZKI, EDWARD RUSSELL, GARY RUSSELL, 

IM SANGSTER, DAVID STEAD, JO WARE, MARTIN WIGGINS, 

BBC WALES, BBC WORLDWIDE AND BBC.CO.UK 

MANAGING DIRECTOR MIKE RIDDELL 

MANAGING EDITOR ALAN O'KEEFE 


BBC Worldwide, UK Publishing: 

DIRECTOR OF EDITORIAL GOVERNANCE NICHOLAS BRETT 
DIRECTOR OF CONSUMER PRODUCTS AND PUBLISHING 
ANDREW MOULTRIE 

HEAD OF UK PUBLISHING CHRIS KERWIN 

PUBLISHER MANDY THWAITES 

PUBLISHING CO-ORDINATOR EVA ABRAMIK 
[email protected] 
www.bbcworldwide.com/uk--anz/ukpublishing.aspx 


Partwork Authority, 
Marketing and Distribution: 
Hachette Partworks Ltd 

Jordan House 

47 Brunswick Place 

London N1 6EB 
www.hachettepartworks.com 


MANAGING EDITOR (HACHETTE) SARAH GALE 
PUBLISHER (HACHETTE) HELEN NALLY 


Distributed in the UK and Republic of Ireland by Hachette Partworks Ltd 
& Marketforce. 
PrintedinSpain ISSN 2057-6048 ALLRIGHTS RESERVED 


(pammmmaeazmes) [5] !achette 


© 2017 Panini UK Ltd 


BIB IC) 


The editor's policy is to use papers that are natural, renewable and 
recyclable products and made from wood grown in sustainable forests, 
The logging and manufacturing processes are expected to conform to the 
environmental regulations of the country of origin. 


BBC, DOCTOR WHO (word marks, logos and devices), TARDIS, DALEKS, 
CYBERMAN and K-9 (word marks and devices) are trade marks of the 
British Broadcasting Corporation and are used under license, BBC logo © 
BBC 1996. Doctor Who logo © BBC 2009, Dalek image © BBC/Terry Nation 
1963, Cyberman image © BBC/Kit Pedler/Gerry Davis 1966. K-9 image © 
BBC/Bob Baker/Dave Martin 1977. All images © BBC. No similarity between 
any of the fictional names, characters, persons and/or institutions herein 
with those of any living or dead person or institutions is intended and 
any such similarity is purely coincidental. Nothing printed within this 
publication may be reproduced in any means in whole or part without 

the written permission of the publisher. This publication may not be sold, 
except by authorised dealers, and is sold subject to the condition that 

it shall not be sold or distributed with any part of its cover or markings 
removed, nor ina mutilated condition. 


Contents 


1977/8 SERIES 
6 


OVERVIEW 


14 


INTRODUCTION 


PUBLICITY 


STORY PRE-PRODUCTION PRODUCTION 


37 38 39 


BROADCAST MERCHANDISE CAST ANDCREDITS 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY 


POST-PRODUCTION 


&@ 


PROFILE 


46 


INTRODUCTION 


71 


PUBLICITY 


48 52 62 


STORY PRE-PRODUCTION PRODUCTION 
BROADCAST MERCHANDISE CAST ANDCREDITS 


70 


POST-PRODUCTION 


78 


PROFILE 


84 


INTRODUCTION 


104 


PUBLICITY 


112 


INTRODUCTION 


134 


PUBLICITY 


IMAGE OF THE FENDAHL 
86 90 94 


STORY PRE-PRODUCTION PRODUCTION 
105 106 107 
BROADCAST MERCHANDISE CAST ANDCREDITS 


THE SUN MAKERS 
114 118 126 


STORY PRE-PRODUCTION PRODUCTION 
134 136 137 
BROADCAST MERCHANDISE CAST ANDCREDITS 


103 


POST-PRODUCTION 


PROFILE 


133 


POST-PRODUCTION 


138 


PROFILE 


140 


INDEX 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


VOLUME 27 > stories 2-95 


Right: 

"This 
lighthouse is 
under attack, 
and by morning 
we might all 

be dead...” 


Wwelcom 


t’s very hard to pick your all-time 
favourite Doctor Who adventure. 
With 50 years-plus of stories, 
the series is incredibly varied 
and it’s near impossible to 
compare like-for-like. However, 
it’s a topic of conversation that regularly 
arises in Doctor Who circles, and back in the 
1990s, I was asked to name my own “Top 
10’ as part of a series for publication in 
Doctor Who Magazine. 

For the Number One slot, I nominated 
Horror of Fang Rock [1977 - see page 
12], one of the stories featured in this 
volume. In truth, I think there are a lot of 
contenders for best Doctor Who story of all 


time, but I would certainly still rank Horror 
of Fang Rock as one of them. 
I know that Terrance Dicks, the author 


of the serial, although flattered, is 
slightly perplexed by the popularity of 
his story, possibly due to the fact that it 
was something of a last-minute, rushed 
replacement for another serial. However, 
I believe that it encapsulates so many 
of the essential ingredients of a good 
Doctor Who adventure. With the Doctor 
and his companion, along with a group 
of fast-dwindling supporting characters 
trapped in a lighthouse while something 
nasty lies in wait outside, Horror of Fang 


Once again, a DWM contributor 
MS attempts to rank his ten all-time 

4 favourite Doctor Who stories—a near | 
impossible task . -. | 


ind 
(The Fanzine Trap operator a 
Out of the TARDIS interviewer) 


— 


1 
Horror of Fang Rock : 
pia iach about everybody, including Bee ieee 
But it's FAB! Tom Baker Is just brilliant, the setting 1s . a! 
scan territory for Doctor Who The monster is just 2 DIOD 


and the ship is an Airfix kit but both fail to detract from this 


great story.” 


2S \ NSS 


Rock is a vintage ‘base under siege’ story. 
As the mostly unseen ‘horror’ picks off 
the characters one by one, the Doctor is 
forced to rely on his resourcefulness and 
ingenuity to save the day. In this instance 
though, it comes at the price of the lives 
of everyone on the island, apart from the 
Doctor and Leela. The Doctor though, 

as always, sees the bigger picture, and by 
destroying the Rutan and its invading : 
mother ship at the climax of the story, 
saves the Earth from an alien attack. : 

It’s quite a grim tale, but there is still 

room for some humour, even if it is a 

little dark. The Doctor’s cheery, “This 
lighthouse is under attack, and by morning 
we might all be dead. Anyone interested?” 
remains a favourite line of dialogue for me. 

The Doctor is able to shine as a character 

in these kind of close-knit situations - Image 
of the Fendahl [1977 - see page 82] also in 
this volume, has a similar set-up - where 
there are just a handful of people, and 
no guns or soldiers to turn to, and he is 
the only hope of salvation for a world 
completely unaware of the threat facing it. 


John Ainsworth — Editor 


i> 
| 


(THE DOCTOR ALWAYS SEES 
[THE BIGGER PICTURE...’ 


: ~~ 
. f 
0 | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 9 


* y . eel 


1977/8 SERIES Sa “a UN NANANANR ROO 


‘THIS SERIES FINDS 
THE SHOW IN A 


& DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


1977/8 series 


he 1977/8 series of Doctor Who 
finds the show in something 
of a period of transition. 
Charged with making the 
show less frightening after 
the controversy caused by 

much of the Philip Hinchcliffe era - 

notably The Deadly Assassin [1976 - see 

Volume 26] - producer Graham Williams 

doesn’t necessarily start as he means 

to go on. His first series is bookended 

by stories featuring the protagonists 

in the oft-mentioned but never seen 

Sontaran-Rutan war, but the two 

productions are (like said warring 

factions) very different creatures. In 

between there is an array of styles in 

this eclectic and surprising series 

which, while it may not have the 

consistency of the preceeding Hinchcliffe 

era, boasts a freshness which befits a 

show that thrives on change. 


he two stories most similar to what 
T= gone before are Horror of Fang 
Rock [1977 - see page 12] and Image of 
the Fendahl [1977 - see page 82]. The first 
is easily veteran Terrance Dicks’ darkest 
script for the series, one which kills off its 
entire guest cast. Image of the Fendahl at 
least spares the Tylers and Adam Colby 
but the payoff is that a number of other 
characters die quite horribly, including 
Doctor Fendelman who is shot in the 
head by his erstwhile colleague Max 
Stael. Stael, in an admirable display of 
fair play, then despatches himself in the 
same way in a scene shocking even by the 


| 


r 


| 


1977/8 series 
Horror of Fang Rock 
The Invisible Enemy 
Image of the Fendahl 
The Sun Makers 


Underworld 
(see Volume 28) 


standards of a programme 
famed for sending children 
scurrying behind the sofa. 
Monsters from nightmares 
and fairytales are one thing - 
grotesque imaginings which 
are safe within a certain 
context. A man blowing 
his own brains out, on the 
other hand, is an entirely 
different scenario. 

Outgoing script editor Robert 
Holmes clearly wasn’t going to obey the 
instructions from the BBC top floor (to 
tone down the violence) without taking a 
few people with him. Consideration was 
even given to having Louise Jameson’s 
Leela perish in the steam chamber in 
Holmes’ own The Sun Makers [1977 - see 
page 110]. Killing off one of the show’s 
leads would have made what is otherwise 
a rather jolly satire on the tax system, a 
tonally dissonant experience. It would 
also have been almost as shocking and 
peripheral an exit for a much-loved 
character as, say, if she’d decided to marry 
someone she'd barely met (ahem). If she’d 
breathed her last in Horror of Fang Rock or 
Image of the Fendahl however, viewers might 
have just seen it as par for the course. 

Striding mournfully through such 
tonal bleakness, Tom Baker’s presence is 
indelible. Received wisdom suggests that 
during the Williams’ era the leading man’s 
predilection for whimsy is indulged and 
that the series becomes something of a 
jokey affair. While Baker certainly appears 
to take things less seriously at times, he’s 
as likely to step into darkness as he is into 
more lighthearted territory. He has an 


The Invasion of Time 
(see Volume 28) 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY & 


1977/8 SERIES 


Above: 
Synge, the 
Doctor and 
K9in The 
Sun Makers. 


almost Olympian detachment on occasion 


- withdrawn, brooding, aloof and troubled. 


His lack of sentiment about various deaths 
suggests a dark, complex alien morality. 
By the end of this series, this often harsh 
detachment is used to the advantage of the 
storyline, and we genuinely believe that 
this unpredictable figure might well be in 
league with the Vardans in The Invasion of 
Time [1978 - see Volume 28]. 

That said, he emerges from such 
solemnity to crack jokes at surprising 
junctures. The dark anarchy of his 
presence fits Horror of Fang Rock like a 
glove: his “Gentlemen, this lighthouse is 
under attack and by morning we might all 
be dead. Anyone interested?” is delivered 
with a grin and he reports the news about 
Palmerdale’s disappearance from the 
lighthouse gantry onto the rocks below as 
if it were an aside in an amusing anecdote. 
There are moments throughout the 
1977/8 series where Baker is clearly bored 
with the tropes of the show he has been in 
for several years now, and depending on 
his mood he reacts with either disdain or 
mesmerising comic invention. But while 
this ominous and most alien of Doctors is 
embodied by a leading man at the height 
of his powers, he does occasionally wield 
them as if he were Caligula. He breaks the 


& DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


CANN ARAN 


fourth wall on more than one occasion in 
The Invasion of Time and the face he pulls 
at the end of Part One of The Sun Makers, 
when the Doctor is in mortal peril, is one 
of inappropriate comic resignation. 

The now well-documented friction 
between Baker and his leading lady makes 
for an effective dynamic on screen. Louise 
Jameson never gives anything less than 
100 per cent commitment and Leela is 
so much more than the Savage-In-Need- 
Of-Educating that she could so easily 
have been. She shows great empathy for 
downtrodden characters like Vince and 
Cordo but has no time for Adelaide’s 
histrionics or Mandrel’s threats. She’s both 
coldly pragmatic and protectively gentle, 
and Jameson reconciles these conflicting 
aspects of her character with ease. It is 
interesting to note that when the Doctor 
watches a guard get electrocuted in The 
Sun Makers — due to some jiggery-pokery 
on his own part - he brushes it off by 
saying that he had warned the man (which 
he had, but only in a roundabout sort of 
way, and he still allows him to die). Leela 
on the other hand, only knifes a different 
guard in the shoulder when he wakes up 
from his hypnotically induced sleep in 
the final episode, so she’s no longer the 
walking killing machine who first entered 
the TARDIS. 

That said, the morality of The Sun 
Makers is interesting. To overthrow 
the administration which enslaves its 
populace with crippling taxation and 
bureaucracy, the Doctor and Leela have to 
ally themselves with a pretty unappealing 
bunch. Mandrel, leader of the rebels, 
shows himself to be a murderous bully 
when we first meet him but by the end 
he is happily waving the Doctor goodbye 
without having undergone any particular 
character conversion. Indeed, the one 
major death in the story is that of comedy 


villain Gatherer Hade who, unarmed 

and defenceless, is chucked off the roof 
of a building by a cheering mob. In his 
novelisation of The Sun Makers, Terrance 
Dicks adds that after this cold-blooded 
murder the group feels an empty pang of 
remorse in order to address something 
that is uncommented upon on screen and 
is consequently pretty grisly. 

The majority of the scripts this year 
counteract the show’s violence and horror 
with an effective wit quotient. The most 
successful examples of humour emerge 
organically from character and situation. 
Image of the Fendahl benefits hugely 
from the wisecracking Adam Colby who 
breathes life into the bickering scientist 
scenes (“You must think my head zips up 
at the back”), while the double act of Jack 
and Martha Tyler means that an ancient 
evil from the dawn of time has some 
winning nemeses who come armed with 
rock salt, good lines and a clearly delicious 
fruit cake. 


WAR 


he Sun Makers shows Robert Holmes 

at his most caustic, weaving a 

satire about the tax system into 
an otherwise straightforward adventure 
about guards and rebels. The repartee 
between Henry Woolf’s unctuous Collector 
(possibly one of the most successfully 
alien performances in the show’s history) 
and Richard Leech’s brown-tongued 
Gatherer are very funny in their overblown 
verbosity. Add to that references to the 
“P45 return route” and a guard unit called 
the Inner Retinue and you have a set of 
scripts both funny and astute. 

The humour only doesn’t really work 
when the leading man goes off ona 
tangent or a guest actor allows themselves 
to be influenced by the wayward Time 


Lord at the head of the show. Baker 
behaves himself when in the company 

of an actor he clearly respects, so his scenes 
with, say, Woolf or John Arnatt’s amusingly 
disdainful Borusa in The Invasion of Time 
are witty and engaging. Elsewhere, Baker’s 
battle to keep himself amused leads to an 
occasionally distracting experience and a 
curiously detached central performance. 
Guest stars aside, he really rises to the 
occasion when the script gives him 
something interesting to wrangle with, 

but this year’s stories are, on paper, quite 

a motley crew. 

Both Horror of Fang Rock and The Invasion 
of Time were written in something of a 
hurry. This certainly doesn’t show with 
the former and Terrance Dicks appears 
to have been on terrific form when this 
emergency hit. Horror of Fang Rock boasts 
a memorable cast of characters, most 
of them three-dimensional. Reuben is 
a salty, superstitious old sea dog but 
is protective of the nervous Vince. For 
his part, the young lighthouse keeper is 
obviously innocent and good-natured 
but nonetheless takes a bribe from Lord 
Palmerdale. Skinsale is the most likeable of 
the lot - he is charming, funny and brave: 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY & 


OOS 000 LL (nee 


Below: 

The 
transformed 
Thea gets 

up close and 
personal with 
the Doctor in 
Image of 

the Fendahl. 


1977/8 SERIES 


VUVTIVIIY 


Aninfected 
and restrained 
Doctor in 

The Invisible 
Enemy. 


The Sontarans 
attack Gallifrey 
in The Invasion 
of Time. 


but he’s a crook, as is the supposedly 
honourable and high-class lord to whom 
he is in debt. The Doctor, always a good 
judge of character, has little time for any 
of the survivors of the boat crash and 
instinctively allies himself with Harker, 
the honest-to-goodness shipman whose 
straightforwardness and practicality are 
much more use to the Doctor than his 
supposedly loftier companions. 

Horror of Fang Rock also makes the 
unusual move of featuring a creature 
which had been referred to in the series 
twice without being seen before. The 
arch-enemies of the Sontarans, the Rutans 
were only ever named - no suggestion of 
their appearance or capabilities had been 
hinted at and so their actual manifestation 
as shapeshifting jellyfish may have 
come as a surprise to long-term fans 
who might have imagined a different 
kind of arch-nemesis for the clone men of 
Sontar. Those series favourites themselves 
make an appearance in the series’ big 
shock moment at the end of Part Four of 
The Invasion of Time. This story helps to 
consolidate the depiction of Gallifrey as a 
society of duplicitous and cynical political 
manipulators which had begun in The 
Deadly Assassin. The plot has the feel of a 
conspiracy thriller in which we’re never 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


quite sure of the Doctor’s plan - until Part 
Five when the haste with which it was put 
together becomes evident as a protracted 
chase ends with the Doctor building a 

big gun to kill the baddy with before said 
baddy can kill everyone with a big grenade. 

The Invisible Enemy [1977 - see page 44] is 
an ambitious piece which obviously owes a 
debt to the film Fantastic Voyage. Grappling 
such hot scientific topics as cloning 
and viral infection, it also introduces a 
character whose presence would set the 
tone for the show in the two years to 
come, intelligent and precocious robot dog 
genius K9. 

Image of the Fendahl, as well as being 
something of a flashback to the Hinchcliffe 
era and the show’s last stab at Gothic 
horror for some time, is also, with its 
sharp, banter-ridden dialogue between 
cynical characters, a future echo of Doctor 
Who’s BBC science-fiction stablemate 
Blake’s 7. It also harks back to the 
corporation’s very first wranglings with the 
genre: the story’s black magic overtones 
and ancient skull holding the key to 
mankind’s development have obvious 
parenthood from Quatermass and the Pit. 

The ancestry of Underworld [1978 - see 
Volume 28] goes further back and is one 
of the show’s occasional attempts to mine 


mm NS 


mythology for inspiration. In a curious 
move, the Doctor even alludes to this 

on screen, remarking to Jackson on the 
similarities between his mission and that 
of Jason and his Argonauts. It’s a bit like if, 
in The Brain of Morbius [1976 - see Volume 
24] he’d asked Mehendri Solon if he’d read 
Frankenstein, although the idea that events 
repeat themselves and get mythologised 

is an interesting one from a philosophical 
point of view, even if it is left hanging. 
Unfortunately for Underworld, any literary 
pretensions it may have had are somewhat 
lost once the story locates itself in a series 
of model caves. 


fter three years under Philip 
PA recscin in which production 
values were pretty solid, the 
squeeze in Doctor Who’s budget starts to 
show this year. Underworld is notoriously 
uneasy on the eye and the idea that a 
production might be 75 per cent reliant 
on the unsatisfactory technique of Colour 
Separation Overlay (CSO) is unthinkable 
now. Despite the best efforts of the team 
- and the CSO itself is actually very well 
rendered for the time - it leads to many a 
confusing or static sequence. The Invasion 
of Time is the longest production of the 
1977/8 series which aims to be the big 
finale. It features a large amount of location 
filming. The outskirts of Gallifrey and the 
inside of the TARDIS take up much of the 
action of the last few episodes - but the 
latter is depicted as a curious mixture of 
swimming baths and hospital corridors. 
Despite some incredible model work, The 
Invisible Enemy is probably the first story of 
the Tom Baker era that blatantly displays 
the parlous state of the programme’s budget 
in a manner that threatens the credibility of 
the production. There’s a sequence in which 


K9 has to cut through a wall where the set Above: 
ives away, in full view of the audience We hee 
EES Eel vie ; was openly 
highlighting that the section due for his inspired by 
laser treatment has already been pre-cut. ue ie 
A : ason an e 
Throughout the year there is evidence of Argoneie 


a production fraying at the edges. 

The stories of the 1977/8 series were 
mounted despite some great upheavals 
and difficulties behind the scenes. One of 
the show’s regulars was on her way out; 
another was grafted in at late notice and 
had to be written in (or out) of scripts 
with undue haste; the show’s leading 
man was an unpredictable ingredient; 
and the financial constraints the new 
producer was under were just another 
pressure to go with the scrutiny under 
which the show found itself by senior 
BBC management and the National 
Viewers’ and Listeners’ Association. 

That we get two spooky horror stories, 
an ambitious science-fiction thriller set 
inside the Doctor’s body, a clever piece of 
satire, an attempt to retell a Greek legend 
and a series-busting climax involving the 
invasion of Gallifrey itself, only goes to 
show that sometimes ambition goes 

a lot further than money. Even if it is 
sometimes beyond the capabilities of 

the show to pull off the stories it is 

trying to tell, it has a go at telling them 
anyway which makes for a topsy-turvy 
but fascinating set of stories awash with 
wit, invention and occasional folly. And 
if Doctor Who is about anything, it’s about 
dreaming beyond your limitations. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY @ 


ey 
: » Toc d 
=\N 


Pee ees aa as f/f ///// vy 


HORROR OF 
FANG ROCK 


STORY 92 


The TARDIS lands on an island off the coast 
of England in 1902. There, the occupants of a 
lighthouse and the survivors of a shipwreck 
fall victim, one by one, to a ruthless alien that 
has the ability to transform its appearance. 


& DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE so & 
es 


14 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK = » sto 


Introduction 


Below: 
Zorelle (Carole 
Ann Ford) is 
revealed asa 
Rutan in the 
fan-made 
Doctor Who 
spin-off, 
Shakedown: 
Return of the 
Sontarans. 


hapeshifters must surely have 
been a gift to the cash-strapped 
effects team of the 1970s - 
monsters hiding in plain sight 
as nothing more exotic than 
members of the story’s cast. 
The upshot of this, however, is that we 
only get the briefest glimpse of the real 
Rutan - a gelatinous green globe that the 
Doctor finally manages to corner on the 
staircase of the Fang Rock lighthouse. This 
quintessentially blobby menace doesn’t 
hog the limelight and could easily have 
been one of Doctor Who's forgotten foes. 

It may well have been were it not for 
the back-story appropriated for the 
Rutans. Writer Terrance Dicks decided 
that the monstrous threat in Horror of Fang 
Rock would be the mortal enemy of the 
Sontarans - even though the Sontarans have 
no involvement in the story. He took the 
name from The Time Warrior [1973/4 - see 
Volume 20], where the series’ first Sontaran 
is stranded on Earth after an encounter 
with a squadron of Rutan fighters. Since 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


SN 


then, the Rutans are often get a mention 
whenever the Sontarans appear. In The 
Sontaran Experiment [1975 - see Volume 
22], the Fourth Doctor surmises that Earth 
has gained some strategic importance in 
the war between the Sontarans and the 
Rutans. In The Two Doctors [1985 - see 
Volume 41] the Sixth Doctor explains that 
the two races have been fighting for so long 
that they’ve become entrenched in their 
attitudes to each other. The Tenth puts a 
figure on this military campaign - 50,000 
years - when the Sontarans attack Earth in 
The Sontaran Stratagem/The Poison Sky [2008 
- see Volume 58]. 

Despite this close association we’ve only 
ever seen the Rutans - or just a Rutan to 
be precise - in Horror of Fang Rock, and 
the two warring species have never been 
seen together on TV. It’s amusing that the 
conflict that we’re told preoccupies them 
to the exclusion of all else is never their 
primary concern when either of them have 
crossed paths with the Doctor. 

Of course, Doctor Who has a life beyond 
the TV series, and a face-off between the 
Rutans and the Sontarans was eventually 
staged in Shakedown: Return of the Sontarans 
[a fan-made spin-off written by Dicks, 
released on video in 1994 and adapted into 
a book the following year]. Thanks to the 
Sontarans raising their profile, the Rutans 
have returned in other spin-off media, not 
least of which was a striking reimagining 
in The Gunpowder Plot {2011] - one of the 
BBC’s online Adventure Games. 

The Time Lords may be Terrance Dicks’ 
most iconic creation, but the Rutans 
perhaps count as his most successful 
monsters. Hl 


Introduction 


SPIN-OFF MEDIA, 
ZING REIMAGINING 


16 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK =» sors 


MM 0 the gallery of the lamp room 

| of Fang Rock lighthouse, Vince 
i Hawkins watches as a light shoots 
into the sea. [1] His fellow lighthouse 
keepers Reuben and Ben dismiss it as a 
shooting star. A sinister creature emerges 
from the water and approaches the 
island, generating a cloud of fog. Ben tells 
Vince to sound the sirens. But then the 
power fails, plunging them into darkness. 

The TARDIS materialises on the rocks 
below and the Doctor and Leela emerge. 
[2] Ben goes down to the generator room 
and enters the coal bunker, where he is 
electrocuted by an alien lifeform. [3] 

The Doctor and Leela enter the 
lighthouse and meet Vince on the stairs, 
the Doctor explaining that they are 
misplaced mariners. Vince is surprised 
that the Doctor and Leela didn’t meet 
Ben on their way in and the Doctor 
volunteers to go and look for him. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


In the crew room, Leela starts removing 
her wet clothes and Vince runs away to 
find her something to change into. [4] 

The Doctor finds Ben’s corpse in the 
coal bunker. Vince appears on the stairs 
and the Doctor gives him the news that 
Ben has been killed. 

Vince tells Reuben about the strangers, 
whom Reuben suspects of being French, 
Russian or German spies. He enters the 
crew room and orders the Doctor to leave 
the wireless telegraph alone. [5] 

Leela explores the rocks around the 
lighthouse and discovers a rock pool full 
of dead fish. 

In the lamp room, Vince tells the 
Doctor about having seen a ‘fireball’. 
Vince then goes down to the generator 
room and discovers that Ben’s corpse is 
missing. Terrified, he calls Reuben, “It’s 
Ben! He’s walking!” 

The Doctor spots a steam yacht in 
the fog and Reuben fires a warning flare, 
but it’s too late and the yacht strikes 
the rocks. [6] 


@ he Doctor, Reuben and Vince go 
T to search for any survivors, leaving 
Leela to sound the foghorn. She 

spots the creature, a bioluminescent 
green blob, dragging itself across the 
rocks below. [1] 

Vince and Reuben lead three of 
the passengers from the yacht into the 
crew room. They are Colonel James 
Skinsale, Lord Henry Palmerdale and 
Adelaide Lesage. [2] 

The Doctor enters the crew room with 
a flourish. He sends Leela to help Vince 
stoke the boiler and learns that the yacht 
was bound for Southampton and that 
Palmerdale is desperate to reach London. 

In the generator room, Leela hears 
something being dragged over the rocks. 
The yacht’s coxswain Harker enters 
pulling a body which turns out to be Ben’s 
remains. [3] The Doctor believes he was 
subjected to a post-mortem examination. 


Palmerdale tries to convince Harker to 
resume their trip but Harker refuses. The 
Doctor tells Vince that Ben must have 
been stunned and then staggered outside 
and drowned. 

Leela shows the Doctor where she 
found the dead fish and the Doctor 
detects a strong electrical field. [4] 

Palmerdale threatens to expose Skinsale; 
Skinsale has given Palmerdale confidential 
stock market information. Meanwhile, the 
Doctor deduces that the creature created 
the fog to isolate them and was attracted 
to the lighthouse by electricity. 

In the crew room, Skinsale and Harker 
are asleep. Palmerdale wakes Harker and 
asks if he can send a telegram for him. [5] 
Harker refuses and attempts to throttle 
Palmerdale. The Doctor enters and breaks 
up the fight, warning that the lighthouse is 
under attack. Leela and Adelaide join the 
Doctor in the crew room, while Reuben 
tends to the generators. [6] 

Suddenly the lights go out and they 
hear his dreadful scream. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


17 


18 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK =» stow <2 


ART THREE 


he Doctor and Leela rush 
T downstairs, followed by Harker. 
When he reaches the generator 
room, he finds it empty with the outside 
door open. Then Reuben emerges from 
the bunker and walks up the stairs. The 
power is restored, to Adelaide’s relief. 

The Doctor and Leela return to the 
generator room after having searched in 
vain for the creature that attacked Reuben. 
[1] Harker informs them that Reuben 
is still alive. The Doctor tells Harker to 
secure the door, then hurries upstairs 
with Leela. ‘Reuben’ stands in the sleeping 
quarters, his body glowing green. [2] 

In the lamp room, Palmerdale offers 
Vince 50 pounds to send a message to the 
mainland. Their discussion is overheard by 
Skinsale. Outside, the creature climbs the 
walls of the lighthouse. 

Palmerdale steps outside onto the 
gallery as the Doctor enters the lamp 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


room to speak to Vince. Palmerdale is 
killed by the creature, [3] which then 
returns to the sleeping quarters and 
transforms back into ‘Reuben’. 

Vince discovers that Palmerdale has 
vanished and, fearing incrimination, 
burns the 50 pounds. [4] Then he uses 
the speaking tube to inform the Doctor 
that Palmerdale has fallen off the gallery. 

The Doctor recovers Palmerdale’s corpse 
and returns to the crew room, leaving 
Harker to resecure the outside door. 

The Doctor discovers that Skinsale has 
wrecked the telegraph. [5] ‘Reuben’ makes 
his way downstairs to the generator room. 

The Doctor explains that Palmerdale 
was killed by an electric shock. Vince calls 
to report that the boiler pressure has 
fallen. Everyone rushes downstairs. 

The Doctor discovers Harker’s corpse, 
then investigates the coal bunker with 
Leela where they find Reuben’s corpse. 
“T’ve made a terrible mistake,” says the 
Doctor. “I thought I'd locked the enemy 
out. Instead I’ve locked it in. With us.” [6] 


n the lamp room, Vince is 
I electrocuted by ‘Reuben’ [1] 

The Doctor finds a power relay 
fixed to the generator. He realises there 
must be a modulator higher up the 
tower, sending a distress signal. He 
searches the sleeping quarters and is 
forced to hide by dangling out of the 
window [2] as ‘Reuben’ enters before 
continuing downstairs. 

In the crew room, ‘Reuben’ kills 
Adelaide. Leela escapes upstairs with 
Skinsale, passing the Doctor on the way. 
He tells them to scatter gunpowder on 
the stairs. 

The Doctor faces ‘Reuben’, who 
transforms into a Rutan! [3] It intends to 
use Earth as a launch point against “the 
Sontaran rabble” and is now waiting for 
its mothership to arrive. 

As the Rutan advances over the 
gunpowder, the Doctor throws a match 


and it explodes into flame. The wounded 
Rutan slithers down the stairs. The 
Doctor arms a rocket launcher but is 
more concerned about the mothership. 
He needs to create a laser beam and Leela 
suggests using the lighthouse lamp. The 
Doctor likes her idea but he’ll need a 
diamond to focus its beam. 

The Doctor and Skinsale go to the 
crew room where Skinsale retrieves some 
diamonds from Palmerdale’s body. The 
Doctor selects a diamond, then tosses 
the rest away. Skinsale greedily tries to 
retrieve them and is electrocuted by 
the Rutan. 

The Doctor dashes into the lamp room 
with the Rutan in pursuit. Leela fires the 
rocket launcher, killing the creature. [4] 

The mother ship appears in the 
distance. [5] The Doctor aims the lamp 
and rushes outside with Leela. They 
shelter behind some rocks and Leela looks 
up as the lighthouse beam destroys the 
ship. Leela is blinded, before recovering 
- but now her eyes have turned blue! [6] 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


© DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


~ 


a 
=] 
i 
ad 


f 


4 


ROBERT HOLMES HAD 
ALWAYS WANTED TO DO 


A SERIAL SET _IN A 
LIGHTHOUSE. ’ 


aa 


onan 


=~ 


~ Pre-productio 


aving joined Doctor Who 

in November 1976, producer 
Graham Williams hoped 
that his first series on the 
show would comprise a 
linked narrative - the hunt 
for the Key to Time, which he outlined 
on Tuesday 30 November. By this time, 
however, new stories were already being 
lined up by script editor Robert Holmes, 
who turned to his predecessor, Terrance 
Dicks, for a storyline for the 1977/8 
Doctor Who series which would begin 
production in March. 

At this time, Dicks was freelance and 
mainly involved in writing for Target’s 
range of Doctor Who novelisations; he had 
also developed scripts for two 50-minute 
documentaries about Doctor Who, which 
had been planned for broadcast over 
Christmas 1976 but were cancelled on 
Wednesday 10 November. As it turned 
out, the production team of BBC2 arts 
programme 2nd House was also thinking 
of a documentary about the development 
of Doctor Who; within days, Dicks had 


| for the Daily Mirror, which 


== == 


spoken to producer Tony 
Cash and was on board as 
consultant. He was formally 
commissioned to write a 
linking script - to be read 
by Tom Baker’s Doctor - on 
Tuesday 30 November, with 
the programme now going 
out as part of The Lively Arts 
strand (the successor to 2nd 
House). Meanwhile, Dicks 
was writing Doctor Who and 
the Hell Planet - a short story 


| Dating 


was printed on Friday 31 
December 1976. 
Recalling the Gothic 
horror style that Holmes 
had enjoyed in The Brain 
of Morbius {1976 - see 
Volume 24] - a serial by 
Dicks that Holmes had heavily rewritten 
- Dicks planned a similar story, which 
was envisaged as the second story of the 
new series. For this, he went back to an 
earlier, rejected storyline submission, The 
Haunting; this six-part serial, commissioned 
as a storyline by Holmes on Wednesday 
11 December 1974 for delivery nine days 
later, had arrived with Holmes on Monday 
6 January 1975, but had been dropped in 
favour of The Brain of Morbius and written 
off on Tuesday 13 May 1975. Dicks’ revised 
version, The Witch Lords, was a four-part 
vampire story inspired by elements of 
Bram Stoker’s 1897 novel Dracula. The 
Doctor would arrive on a planet with 
a medieval-style community, where 
immortal rulers living in a forebidding 
tower oppressed the peasants... who would 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY © 


Pre-production 


Connections: 


® The Programme-as- 
Broadcast sheets compiled 
after transmission describe | 
the serial as being'set in 
an off-shore lighthouse 
in 1910' In Part Two, 
comments by Vince and 
Reuben about the mythical 
beast indicate that its last 
appearance was 80 years 
ago “in the Twenties”; 
Suggesting a time 
between 1900 and1909. 
In Part One, Vince makes 
reference to King Edward, 
who reigned from January 
1901 to May 1910. 


Left: 

Lord 
Palmerdale and 
Vince Hawkins 
come to an 
arrangement. 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK = » ss 


Connections: 

Flannan Isle 

® Flannan Isle, which partly 
inspired Horror of Fang 
Rock, was a poem by Wilfrid 


Gibson, 


the volu 


poem - 


inspired 


about the disappearance of 


acrew| 


in Collected Poems in 1923; 


Gibson's work between 
1912 an 


lighthouse - was itself 


be found dead in the local 
woods, with bat bites to 
their necks. 

Keen to have an 
experienced director on 
board, Williams chose Paddy 
(Patricia) Russell, having 
worked with her on Z Cars - 
on which he had been script 
editor. Russell had worked 
on various Doctor Who serials 
since 1966 - the most recent 
being Pyramids of Mars [1975 
- see Volume 24] the previous 
year. She was engaged for 


and first appeared 


me comprised 


d1917, The 
about a deserted 


by a true mystery 


n December 1900, 


At the c 


the Doctor quotes 
directly from 


Below: 
The Doctor 
gets to 


know Reuben. 


The Witch Lords on Monday 
29 November, covering the 
period Monday 14 March to 
Friday 8 July 1977. 

The show’s current star, 
Tom Baker, was booked for 
a further 26 episodes on Wednesday 15 
December (to be made from the period 
Monday 21 March to New Year’s Eve), 
part way through location shooting on 
The Talons of Greel (latterly The Talons of 


ose of the story, 


the poem, 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


NNNAN 


Weng-Chiang [1977 - see Volume 26}). 

The following day, Baker’s new co-star, 
Louise Jameson, was also booked for a 
further 26 episodes as Leela. This news 
was a bit of a shock to Baker; Jameson had 
initially been hired by outgoing producer 
Philip Hinchcliffe for only three serials. 
Baker, who disliked the violent nature of 
the Doctor’s savage new companion, had 
assumed that she would be dropped at the 
end of the 1976/7 series. Indeed, Jameson 
had been reluctant to continue at first, 
but Williams persuaded her during the 
London location shoot for The Talons of 
Weng-Chiang. One of the concessions that 
the producer made was that Leela’s eyes 
could change colour from brown to blue; 
this meant that Jameson would no longer 
have to wear her extremely irritating 
contact lenses. 


“Hitting problems — 

ver the Christmas period, Holmes 
0 was kept busy on The Talons of 

Weng-Chiang (which he was writing 
under emergency conditions). Williams 
commissioned Dicks’ serial, now entitled 
The Vampire Mutation, on Tuesday 11 
January 1977. Since the production office 
now hoped to lead off with this story, 
Dicks’ target for delivery was Monday 
7 February. Part One was delivered 
on Tuesday 25 January, with Part Two 
following - far behind schedule because 
of events in the meantime - on Tuesday 1 
March. The novelisation soon appeared 
in Target’s publication schedules as Doctor 
Who and the Witch Lords, with a planned 
release date of December 1977. 

In mid-January, The Vampire Mutation, 
which was to be made second in the new 
run, was booked for filming in May on 
Stages 3A and 3B at Ealing Film Studios. 
At the end of January, however, this slot 


was occupied by Invisible Invader (later 
retitled The Invisible Enemy [1977 - see page 
44] by Bob Baker and Dave Martin, and 
The Vampire Mutation was brought forward 
since the Baker/Martin scripts had not 
been finalised. However, by the start of 
February, Invisible Invader was once again 
to be the first serial to go into production 
in March. Unfortunately by now, The 
Vampire Mutation had hit problems... 

In February, while writing Part Two, 
Dicks received a phone call from Holmes, 
who explained that the BBC’s head of 
drama serials, Graeme McDonald, had 
severe misgivings about the story. BBC 
Drama had arranged for a serious, big- 
budget adaptation of Stoker’s Dracula to 
be recorded during August for broadcast 
that Christmas, and a ‘spoof’ of the story 
in Doctor Who a few months earlier might 
ruin its reception. By the start of March, 
The Vampire Mutation was no longer in 
development - although the planned 
novelisation, now entitled Doctor Who and 
the Vampire Mutations, would remain on 
Target’s schedules for a few months. 

However, Holmes still wanted to use 
Dicks on the new series, and a replacement 
script was needed for pre-production from 
mid-March. Holmes had always wanted to 
do a serial set in a lighthouse; this location 
lent itself well to a low-budget serial with 
a small cast and limited number of sets. 
Keen that the setting should be properly 
researched, Holmes gave Dicks a few 
pointers in the same manner as Dicks had 


_ elements of the plot and 


given him when requesting 
research for a medieval 
storyline for The Time 
Warrior. Dicks’ main source 
of research was Lighthouses: 
Their Architecture, History 
and Archaeology by Douglas 
B Hague and Rosemary 
Christie, first published by 
Gomer Press in 1975; this 
directly influenced several 


Fog Horn 


also specific dialogue from 
the character Ben, such as 
his description of the old oil 
lighthouses. The volume also 
recounted the true events 
surrounding the Smalls 
Lighthouse in Pembrokeshire 
in 1801; when one of the crew 
died in an accident, his colleague 

- fearing that he might be suspected of 
murder - was driven demented by the 
waving of the dead man’s arm from a 
makeshift coffin. This was similar to the 
story which Reuben told Vince in the 
finished script. 

Consequently, Dicks used the idea of 
lighthouse electrification, which took place 
from the mid-1800s to the mid-1900s; 
the first electric lamp was used in 1858 
at South Foreland in England, with an 
arc lamp installed at Dungeness in 1862. 
Prior to this, oil was the most common 
source of lamp fuel. The lighthouse setting 
prompted two other notable influences: 

a Ray Bradbury short story called The Fog 
Horn, and Wilfrid Gibson’s poem Flannan 
Isle, which was suggested to Dicks by the 
production team. 

On Thursday 24 February, the 
production office convened a meeting 
to discuss the possibility of recording 
Russell's serial - Serial 4V - at the BBC’s 
Birmingham studios, Pebble Mill, as 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY @& 


Pre-production 


Connections: 


® The Fog Horn, one of 
the inspirations for Horror 
of Fang Rock, was a short 
story by American writer 
Ray Bradbury, which first 
appeared in The Saturday 
Evening Post on 23 June 
1951; it also formed the 
basis for the 1953 monster 
movie The Beast from 
20,000 Fathoms, The 
Fog Hornis set ata 
remote lighthouse on 
Lonesome Bay. 


Above left: 
The Doctor and 
Leela welcome 
the survivors of 
the shipwreck. 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK =» sors 


Right: 

The TARDIS 
arrives on the 
rocks of doom. 


Connections: 
Tesh 


® When the Doct 
on where the li 


generators power is going, 


Leela responds 
is “not a Teshni 


is areference b 


début story, Th 
Evil [1977 - see Volume 
26] in which a group of 


people, descen 
the techni 


spaceship, were 


known 


24 DOCTOR WHO | THE 


there was no space available for it at BBC 
Television Centre during May and June. 
Incoming production unit manager John 
Nathan-Turner was concerned about this; 
he had worked on other series at Pebble 
Mill and, although highly impressed with 
the crews, felt that the studios themselves 
did not have the facilities needed for 
a technically complex programme like 
Doctor Who. Russell was also dismayed to 
hear of her recording venue - but with no 
alternative available, it was decided that 
new equipment needed for the show would 
have to be installed at Pebble Mill in time 
for recording. 

At this time, a new Doctor Who 
companion was being considered - 
a robot dog called K9. It was not known 
whether the dog would be retained beyond 
its introduction in The Invisible Enemy 
or in which order the stories would be 
transmitted, so Dicks did not include it 
in his story. The debate over K9 was still 
ongoing on Thursday 3 March, when 
Williams informed Graeme McDonald that 
he intended to keep his options on K9 free 
until after a demonstration had been seen. 

Dicks’ hurried proposal for Rocks of Doom 
was a one-page synopsis 
of the opening episode, 
with a list of characters 
and sets. The story opened 
with a subjective shot of 
something moving through 
cascading foam towards the 
lighthouse, where old Ben 
Travers was having trouble 
with interference on his 
telegraph because of a storm; 
venturing outside to check 
the wiring, he was mercilessly 
destroyed. This left two men 
- old Joshua Crockett and 
young Davy Williams - to 
man the new-fangled carbon- 


or ponders 
ghthouse 


that she 

cian” This 
ack to her 
e Face of 


ded from 
cians of a 


as the Tesh. 


COMPLETE HISTORY 


arc lamp without Ben’s expertise. As the 
lamp failed, a steam yacht appeared - and, 
as the Doctor and Leela emerged from 

the newly arrived TARDIS onto a storm 
lashed islet, they heard the screams from 
the shipwreck. At the lighthouse, Ben 
reappeared, dazed and almost drowned, 
followed by the Doctor and Leela; the 
Doctor got the light working, which 
attracted survivors to the rock. These were 
Lord Peach-Palmer, his secretary Adelaide 
Couchon, his valet Herbert Burkin, the 
Right Honourable John Skinsale and 
Skinsale’s wife Veronica. Old Ben, resting 
in a makeshift bay, rose and headed for the 
generator room where Joshua was working. 
There was a scream, Joshua was dead, and 
Ben was a gibbering wreck babbling about 
something emerging from the sea. 

With only a storyline available, Paddy 
Russell joined the production team on 
Monday 14 March; she had recently 
finished working at Yorkshire Television 
on Emmerdale Farm. The designer, Paul 
Allen, had previously handled The Seeds 
of Death [1969 - see Volume 14] and 
Spearhead from Space {1970 - see Volume 
15]. Joyce Hawkins and Jackie Hodgson 
were the designers assigned to costume 
and make-up respectively; this would be 


their first Doctor Who serial. The story 
was the first full Doctor Who visual effects 


designer credit for Peter Pegrum, who 
had been an assistant effects designer 
as far back as The Sensorites [1964 - see 
Volume 3]. 

For research for the Fang Rock 
lighthouse, Paul Allen looked at an 1859 
lighthouse off the Needles near the Isle 
of Wight, where he was intrigued by all 
the built-in furniture. He also took a lot 
of reference photographs of Southwold 
Lighthouse in Suffolk, which started 
operating in 1890 and was electrified in 
1938. Allen also referred to the 1975 
book Lighthouses of England and Wales by 
Derrick Jackson, as well as Lighthouses, 
Lightships and Buoys - a 1966 volume by 
E G Jerome, which Terrance Dicks had 
used for reference. The lighthouse scenery 
used in studio was made by a freelance 
firm in Essex that Allen hadn’t used before, 
but he was pleased with the final result. 

Although titles like The Monster of Fang 
Rock and The Beast of Fang Rock were 
apparently considered for the serial, the 
scripts were delivered on Wednesday 
30 March under the title Horror of Fang 
Rock; these were then commissioned 
retrospectively by Williams the following 


Pre-production 


day with a fictitious target 
delivery date of Wednesday 
30. Dicks was not terribly 
happy with the new scripts 
because he felt they lacked 
action. Russell had been able 
to view Dicks’ first script 
for The Vampire Mutation, 
which she had very much 
liked, and considered Horror 
of Fang Rock to be a poor 
replacement. 

As the scripts were written 
quickly, there was little in 
the way of description in the 
stage directions. Fang Rock’s 
lighthouse was described as ‘a sea-tower 
built on a rocky islet’ and, when viewed 
by the crash-landed alien, Dicks indicated 
that the ‘treated picture suggests it is not 
being seen through human eyes’. The 
script indicated that the model shot of the 
TARDIS arriving should have the police 
box’s lamp flashing in alternation with the 
lighthouse lamp. 


rawing upon the 1939 Agatha 
1 Christie mystery novel And Then 
There Were None, Dicks created 
a situation with a group of characters 
trapped in an isolated location and being 
picked off one by one... by a monster 
apparently lurking outside. Colonel 
Jimmy Skinsale MP was described as 
‘a soldierly figure’. 

The sea setting of the narrative had 
inspired Dicks to create the alien menace 
in the form of a monstrous jellyfish. 
However, during the writing process, he 
decided to make the alien creature that 
menaced the lighthouse a Rutan, an alien 
race which Dicks recalled being mentioned 
in a line of dialogue from The Time Warrior. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY cm 


Connections: % 

Dots and dashes \,-... 

} The lighthouse is 
communicates with the 
mainland by means of 
Morse code telegraphy. 
Each Morse code signal - 


comprising short and long 
signals, known as dots 
and dashes - represents 

a letter of the alphabet, 
allowing messages to be 
broadcast via early radio as 
electronic pulses. 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK =» srs 


Connections: 
Hidden enem 


® Realising the ali 
invader is able to change 


its physical app 
the Doctor refe 
“Lycanthropy’. 


psychological condition, 
where a person believes 
themselves to be a wolf, 
is more popularly used in 
werewolf stories, in which 
someone undergoes 


a physic 
transfo 


Right: 

The Doctor 
fears that 
nobody may 
survive the 
night on 
Fang Rock. 


26 =DOCTORWHO | THE 


This medical 
term which refers to a 


The Rutans had been 
referred to previously - in 
y both The Time Warrior and 


al The Sontaran Experiment 


[1975 - see Volume 22], 
where it was established 
that they were engaged in 
an interminable galactic 
war with the Sontarans. 
Dicks noted that ‘the 
fully transformed Rutan 
shimmers weirdly, emitting a 
shrill, triumphant ululation’ 
- and in conversation with 
the Doctor, ‘it speaks in the 
plural, since Rutans have 
little concept of individual 
identity, seeing themselves 
as the Rutan, the all-conquering mother 
race’. The Rutan mothership was 
described as ‘a fiery glowing vortex, 
rather than a clearly defined spaceship’. 

Dicks had originally intended that 
there should be various survivors by the 
end of the adventure, but during the 
scripting process he was encouraged by the 
production team to have only the Doctor 
and Leela left alive to allow the concluding 
scene to feature Flannan Isle. 

In Part Three, Skinsale made references 
to ‘Salisbury’ and to ‘Bonar Law’; 
these were the Marquis of Salisbury (a 
Conservative statesman and secretary of 
state for India in the 1870s) and Andrew 
Bonar Law (a British Unionist MP who 
later became chancellor of the Exchequer 
and leader of the House of Commons). 
Part Three also had references to the 
science-fiction author Herbert George 
Wells, whose works had included 1895’s 
The Time Machine and 1898’s The War of 
the Worlds; the Doctor also made accurate 
reference to 1861’s Malicious Damage Act 
and spoke to Vince about the Pharos tower 
that was erected around 280 BC. 


earance, 
Ss to 


al 
rmation. 


COMPLETE HISTORY 


\ a \ X ~ 


On Thursday 14 April, Holmes and 
Dicks agreed that The Vampire Mutation 
should be abandoned, with Dicks paid for 
only the first two scripts; the abandoned 
serial would be resurrected in 1980, when 
it would form the basis of the serial State 
of Decay {1980 - see Volume 33]. The 
following day, Williams commented that, 
after the first studio session with K9, it 
seemed likely that the robot dog would 
remain with the series; the new companion 
was not written into Horror of Fang Rock 
at all, however, since Dicks’ story was 
planned to precede The Invisible Enemy 
on transmission. 

A casting sheet for the serial, issued by the 
production office, described the character 
of Vince as: ‘Late teens. Hampshire accent. 
Trainee lighthouse keeper. Young and lively. 
Good part.’ Reuben was described as: 
‘Mid-S0s. Hampshire accent. 30 years in 
the lighthouse service. Is taken over by the 
alien, so that basically episode 4 is his voice 
and an alien body. Good part.’ Ben was 
outlined as ‘mid-40s. Hampshire accent. 
Senior lighthouse keeper and engineer. Fair 
part. Lord Palmerdale was described as 
‘mid-40s. Slightly rough edge in the voice. 
Millionaire, but still on the make. Ruthless 
but with a certain amount of charm. 

Good part. Skinsale was described as 
‘50s. Ex-colonel in the Engineers and now 


.~CA BABE 


an MP. Definitely a charmer. Sense of 
humour. Good part.’ Adelaide was given 

as ‘early- to mid-20s. Attractive, preferably 
blonde. Palmerdale’s secretary. Probably in 
love with him [Palmerdale] and definitely 
naive. Fair part. Harker was ‘40s. Needs an 
accent. Coxswain of a yacht. Tough seaman. 
Very definite ideas. Good part while it 

is there. 


isappointed with the rather rushed- 
(I) looking Fang Rock script, Russell 
decided to call upon the help of 

some of her acting friends. She initially 
hoped that Frank Middlemass (a veteran 
character actor who featured in Poldark) 
would play Reuben; when Middlemass 
was not available, Russell called on her 
friend Colin Douglas, who had previously 
appeared in Doctor Who as Donald Bruce 
in The Enemy of the World [1967/8 - see 
Volume 11]; she had directed Douglas in 
the 1966 BBC1 series Quick Before They 
Catch Us. Russell’s first choice for Lord 
Palmerdale was Dinsdale Landen but the 
role eventually went to Sean Caffrey, who 
had been a regular as Detective Sergeant 
Gregg in Associated-Rediffusion’s No 
Hiding Place; Russell had directed him in a 
1973 episode of Z Cars. Actor/writer Rio 
Fanning - a semi-regular in Budgie - was 
originally considered for Vince Hawkins; 
Fanning had been directed by Russell 
before in Z Cars and instead landed the 
role of Harker. 

The role of Vince went instead to John 
Abbott, who, although aged 32, had 
convinced Russell that he could play an 
18-year-old; Russell had spotted Abbott 
when he was working at the Kingston 
Overground Theatre playing Snoopy in 
You’re a Good Man, Charlie Brown in March/ 
April 1977. Abbott was also a friend of 


Pre-production 


Left: 
Colonel 
Skinsale (left) 
takes delight in 
annoying Lord 
Palmerdale. 
Louise Jameson from their days at 
RADA together. 
Of the other cast members: Ralph 
Watson, playing Ben, had appeared in 
Doctor Who in two previous serials - as 
Captain Knight in The Web of Fear |1968 - 
see Volume 11] and as Ettis in The Monster 
of Peladon [1974 - see Volume 21]; Watson 
was delighted to work again with Colin 
Douglas as together they had been part of 
the social musical Close the Coalhouse Door 
in 1968. Russell had previously directed 
Watson in Z Cars in 1969. 
New Zealander Alan Rowe, cast as 
Skinsale, was no stranger to the series 
either, having appeared in The Moonbase 
[1967 - see Volume 9] as Dr Evans, and 
as Edward of Wessex in The Time Warrior; 
Annette Woollett, cast as Adelaide Lesage, 
had been in Upstairs, Downstairs and played 
Diana in Emmerdale Farm. No extras were 
required on the serial. 
As usual, Dick Mills was assigned 
to create the special sound elements 
for the story at the BBC Radiophonic 
Workshop and was assigned to Horror 
of Fang Rock in April. 
The scripts for Horror of Fang Rock 
were sent out to the cast on Thursday 21 
April. Louise Jameson was disappointed 
to find that Leela’s previously strong role 
was diminished, feeling that Dicks had 
written the serial very much with the 
previous companion, Sarah Jane Smith, in 
mind. Having now settled into the series 
somewhat, Jameson was starting to stand 
up for herself and her character, ensuring 
that Leela gained better screen time. For 
instance, the script apparently had Leela 
scream at one point, which Jameson 
objected to. This was duly changed. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY cc 


b 
4 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK 


.. speed, the slow own film made the 
image look like t 
of the TARDIS 
Part One; shot: 
Rutan’s point 
Crafted in po 
sculptor, the me 
~ feet tall and 
controlled fl amp powered 
a 12V battery. For tk that hit the 
rocks at the er 


BRAAANK LK) 


craft previously seen in the BBC1 period 
maritime drama The Onedin Line. 

The first readthrough of the serial was 
on Thursday 28 April, prior to the studio 
filming. At once, Paddy Russell saw that 
there had been a change in Tom Baker 
since they had last worked together two 
years earlier; the actor had been awkward 
on Pyramids of Mars but was now even 
more in control of the show - with his 
own definite ideas about the programme, 
its popularity, and what his character 
would or would not do. This immediately 
brought him into conflict with Russell, a 
director who did not welcome extra input 
from her cast. Eventually, Baker recognised 
that Russell wanted to produce the story 
as efficiently as possible and started to 
address her as “sir”. 


eela were also manifesting themselves as 

is attitude towards cast and crew became 
more temperamental. The actor did not 
really want a companion at all, and took 
out his unease on Louise Jameson; Russell 
recalled how Baker would not speak to the 
actress or would make barbed comments. 
As a result, Jameson started to assert 
herself in rehearsals in a manner that she 
had not done before. The actress stood up 
to Baker in a confrontation over one scene 
in particular (a scene of the Doctor and 
Leela entering a room in Part Three); this 


\: Baker’s concerns over the character of 


Production 


broke the ice, and Baker later apologised 
to Jameson for his behaviour, saying 

that he was arguing about the script so 
much only because he cared about the 
programme so greatly. After this, the 
pair’s working relationship improved but, 
like Baker, Jameson wished to inject ideas 
into the story and found Russell’s control 
slightly stifling. 

Being relatively new to television, John 
Abbott was delighted at the chance to play 
Vince, and learnt a lot about the medium 
from Colin Douglas. Abbott stunned Baker 
at one point by admitting that he was 
happy to play a scene that the show’s star 
was berating as “rubbish”. Abbott got on 
well with Baker, despite having his script 
thrown out of the window from the sixth 
floor rehearsal room in Acton after Baker 
accused the actor of not knowing his 
lines. It was during rehearsals that Baker 
added the Doctor’s references to an “early 
Schermuly” rocket in Part Four. 


Female cast members 
L ouise Jameson found that she got on 


very well with the only other female 
cast member, Annette Woollett, 
and was impressed when Woollett asked 
Jameson to slap her for real during the 
scene where Leela dealt with the hysterical 
Adelaide. Woollett was not amused by 
some of Tom Baker’s antics, such as when ade 
he deliberately trod on Adelaide’s long Ll skeen 
dress while on set. steps to calm 
Paul Allen’s sets were erected on Stage ee 
3A at Ealing Film Studios on Monday 2 
May and lit the following day, ready for 
filming on Wednesday 4 May. The first day 
of shooting on 16mm film was due to start 
at 9.30am and run through to 5.30pm 
(as it would on each of the next two days) 
and required only Baker and Jameson, the 
intention being to play out the four scenes 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY © 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK = » sors 


Connections: 


Rocketeer 


® The Doctor identifies 
a device as “an 


Schermuly’” In 


William Schermuly (1857- 
1929), the Sch 


rocket was intended to 

be fired from boats in 

distress, carryi 
of rope as long as 4 


mile wi 
the sh 


Above, right: 
Leela 

dresses for 
the occasion. 


vented by 


of the Doctor and Leela 
approaching the lighthouse 
and of Leela exploring the 
rocks from Part One. 
Production was delayed 
when the Nike Camera crane 
required for some of the high 
angle shots arrived late, but 
Russell’s team soon started 
filming. For these scenes, 
Jameson was careful to 
remove the contractions from 


early 


ermuly 


ng alength 


ore, 


hitto Leela’s speech. As a point of 


continuity with The Talons of 
Weng-Chiang, a reference was 
made by the Doctor to the ships that Leela 
had seen on the Thames. Jameson had a 
costume change for Part One - out of her 
ladies wear and into the bulky sweater 
worn by the lighthouse crew. The actress 
had hoped that this would be baggy and 
make Leela look funny, but found she had 
to wear a belt to accentuate her figure. 

Thursday 5 May saw the team joined by 
Douglas and Abbott to shoot sequences of 
the Doctor, Reuben and Vince searching 
for survivors, and of the Doctor and Leela 
hunting for the ‘Beast’, for Part Two. Friday 
6 May was then kept spare to complete any 
unfinished scenes, and also to concentrate 
on the sequence of the Doctor and Leela 
escaping the lighthouse in Part Four. For 
this, shots of the Doctor coming into focus 
were shot from Leela’s point of view; this 
was the only scene in the serial where 
Jameson did not have to wear her coloured 
contact lenses. 

Rehearsals for the first studio session 
got underway on Friday 13 May at the 
BBC’s Acton rehearsal rooms. Russell 
was ruthless with rehearsals, and had the 
steps of the lighthouse set laid out on the 
floor of the rehearsal room so that the 
actors could get their movement timings 
correct in advance of studio. During 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


rehearsals on Wednesday 18 May, it was 
decided that Brian Hodgson’s TARDIS 
sound effect would henceforth be officially 
recategorised as an item of music each 
time it appeared in the series. On Sunday 
22 May, Baker made a personal appearance 
at Kirby Mallory racetrack in Leicester, 

and appeared on Radio Leicester’s local 
Newsround programme. 

At the start of the following week, the 
cast and crew travelled from London up 
to Birmingham for the first of their two 
recording sessions at Pebble Mill. By 
now, it had been confirmed that Horror 
of Fang Rock would open the 1977/8 
series, starting transmission on Saturday 
3 September. Although she had had her 
misgivings about working at Pebble Mill, 
Russell was amazed at how helpful and 
adaptable the Birmingham crews were. 
With such a major show visiting them, the 
Pebble Mill crew was determined to show 
that they could be even more efficient 
than the London teams at Television 
Centre, where Doctor Who was regarded as 
nothing special. A cable had to be linked 
from Studio A to another studio, and the 
team worked flat out to have this done for 
1pm on the first recording day. Electronic 
effects expert A J “Mitch” Mitchell had 
travelled up from London with Peter 
Pegrum in a car full of equipment, and 
was highly impressed to find that the 
Birmingham team had assembled a video 
effects desk for him similar to the one that 
he used in London; a tiny flaw meant that 
the equipment was a microsecond out with 
its timing, but by running some extra 


NNN NN roduction 


wiring around Pebble Mill the problem 
was soon solved. 

Studio recording began on Wednesday 
25 May, with an afternoon session from 
2.30pm to 5.30pm and an evening 
session from 7pm to 10pm in Studio 
A. After morning camera rehearsals, 

a costumed Baker and Jameson joined 
presenter Donny MacLeod to appear on 
the lunchtime magazine programme Pebble 
Mill and present the prizes to winners of 

a Design-A-Monster competition. One of 
the main topics of discussion during the 
10-minute item was whether or not Doctor 
Who terrified children - illustrated by 
material from the previous month’s Whose 
Doctor Who documentary. Baker defended 
his show, claiming that children enjoyed 
being scared in a safe manner while 
Jameson assured everyone that she would 
be back in her leotard for the second story 
of the series. 

This first day in studio was spent 
recording Part One, with Russell opting 
to tape the show in sequence as far as 
possible; the principal exception being the 
first two scenes in the lamp room gallery, 
which were recorded together in the 
afternoon. The raised lamp room gallery 
set was a particularly awkward one to work 
in because of the shaped glass windows (as 
many of them as possible were removed to 
prevent reflections) and the fact that the 
backdrop to this was a combination of 
dry-ice fog and a background added by 


using the blue screen Colour Separation 


Overlay (CSO) process. Two Mole- 
Richardson camera cranes were needed to 
get the shots on the elevated set. 

An image of swirling mist from a fog 
box was also superimposed on some 
film sequences, as well as on scenes set 
outside the gallery on the gantry. The 
alien presence of the Rutan was usually 
indicated by a shimmering green glow, and 
alien point-of-view shots were recorded 
of Ben during his demise. The other 
small sets with curved walls - notably the 
staircases - were also difficult for Russell 
to get her required camera shots around. 
Baker complained about a number of 
Russell’s camera angles - claiming that 
his “Auntie Win” would not be able to see 
him - while Jameson fought to ensure that 
during recording, she was able to give the 
performance that she had rehearsed; she 
later apologised to Baker for holding up 
recording while she made her point. 


ecording continued on Thursday 
R:: May, with the afternoon session 

ending at 6pm; a photocall for Baker, 
Jameson and Colin Douglas was held on 
this day. Part Two was also recorded in 
sequence as far as possible, with the first 
few lamp gallery scenes grouped together 
at the start of the day. When the Doctor 
received a shock from the metal shelving, a 
blue spark video effect was superimposed. 
Unhappy about having to travel to 
Birmingham, Baker was in an awkward 
mood and, during one scene, kept on 
rushing into the crew room too quickly; 
after a couple of attempts, Russell gave up 
instructing the star and decided to have 
her cameras focus on Jameson instead. 
Baker’s behaviour annoyed some of the 
crew; he also blamed some of the other 
cast members when he forgot his lines. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY (su) 


Left: 
Watch your 
back, Ben! 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK = » sto 


ace Rehearsals for the second set of 

There's ; 
SeRernING recordings began on Saturday 28 May; 
out there! around this time, two editions of BBC2’s 


panel game Call My Bluff with Baker as a 
guest were broadcast on Friday 27 May 
and Friday 3 June (both recorded on 
Monday 1 November 1976) and then, on 
Sunday 5 June, Baker made another public 
appearance, playing cricket at Blenheim 
Palace. The Call My Bluffappearance was 
promoted in The Sun by Margaret Pride’s 
article: Monsters are just what the Doctor 
ordered. In this, Baker lashed out at 

the series’ critics, saying: “If I thought 

Dr Who was doing harm, I'd leave at once... 
I make hundreds of personal appearances 
every year. I know what children want. I’m 
happy to say they love me and they are 
frightened of my monsters. I believe Dr 
Who is good for them.” 


Birmingham 


Mg he crew travelled up to Birmingham 
again in early June for the final three- 
HM day studio session. Work began on 
Tuesday 7 June with a standard afternoon 
and evening recording; this covered Part 
Three - in sequence, apart from a few lamp 
gallery scenes of Vince on his own grouped 
together midway through the episode; 
as it turned out, the Perspex sheets that 
formed this set had been 
Connections: badly damaged after the 
A little flutter first recording but had been 
® Palmerdale and Skinsale repaired by the ever-helpful 
had crossed the channel studio manager. A blue 
to Deauville to gam flash effect was again used 
at the casino becau as the Doctor got a shock 
gambling was illeg from the generator, anda 
in the United Kingd green shimmering light was 
until the Betting superimposed over a shot 
\ and Gaming Act of Reuben in his room. For 
1960. the death of Palmerdale, the 
tentacle that grabbed Caffrey 


32. DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


was taped on videodisc, : 
being pulled away from Connections: 
the actor; when played in No wires 
reverse, energy flashes were = Tine Baits pols ult 
superimposed over ; toLeelaa leoipes wireless 
the cheraccer: telegraph which could send 
Wednesday 8 June saw a Iessapes using Marae 
morning recording session ie van ail inne by 
added from 11.30am to 1pm, talian engineer Guglielmo 
with the afternoon block beset one cae ite 
running to 6pm. This was for et snneipmaneens i 
the beginning of Part Four, ae BNE euiag 
which was again recored a ini 


mainly in order - aside from wire ess Telegraph 
Signal Company founded 


in 1897, Trinity House did 
not introduce telegraphs 
into lighthouses unti 
the 1920s, 


some of the scenes in which 
Vince was found dead. 

A videodisc was again used 
to record Skinsale’s death. 

The final recording day, 
Thursday 9 June, also had a 
morning recording from 11am; this day 
was reserved for the bulk of the complex 
effects shots, and shooting over-ran 
by an hour to 11pm, partly because of 
problems with the quality of some of the 
film sequences. CSO had not been used 
extensively at Pebble Mill before, and 
Studio A had been equipped especially for 
Doctor Who; this was now used extensively 
in the closing sequences of Part Four, 
which saw the Doctor in conversation with 
the Rutan. 

After the bulk of the episodes had been 
taped, a number of special effects shots 
were recorded; these included the shot of 
the Rutan seen by Leela from the lamp 
room gallery in Part Two, the Rutan on the 
model lighthouse in Part Three, the Doctor 
hanging from the model lighthouse in 
Part Four, and various shots of the Rutan 
moving up the staircase in Part Four. CSO 
was used for a shot of Leela hurling her 
knife at ‘Reuben’ in Part Four; Jameson 
was on a blue CSO set throwing the prop 
blade at a blue object positioned over the 


DOCTOR WHO | THECOMPLETE HISTORY © 33 


34 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK = » sts 


Connections: 
w cried Alice 
® The Doctor's co 


regarding Ben's 


disappearance 


“Curiouser and curiouser” 


was a quote from the 


1865 children’s 
Alice's Adventu: 


Wonderland by 
‘Lewis Carroll’ (ie 


Charles 


Right: 
The Rutan in its 
natural form, 


PRODUCTION 


Tue 26 Apr - Mon 2 May 77 
Visual Effects Department Model 


Stage, Western Avenue, London: 
Model filming 
Wed 4 - Fri6 May 77 Ealing Film Studios 


DOCTOR WHO | THE 


image of Douglas... although 
the fake knife travelled 
further than the actress 
expected and narrowly 
missed a cameraman. 
During the time-consuming 
CSO work on this final day, 
tempers started to get frayed 
in the studio, with Caffrey 
in particular complaining 
about the way the cast was 
being treated. 

The Rutan prop was the 
result of a collaboration 
between Peter Pegrum and A J “Mitch” 
Mitchell, and was made as cheaply and as 
quickly as possible late in pre-production. 

Several of the creatures were made from 
a special gelatine mixture which had been 
coloured with green vegetable dyes. The 
Rutan props were kept in moulds, and 
stored in fridges taken from the Pebble 
Mill canteen just outside Studio A; they 
tended to start melting after a while, 
whereupon a replacement would be 
needed. As each mould was taken out of 
the fridge, a high intensity quartz halogen 


mment 


of 


classic 
resin 


Dodgson), 


Stage 3A: Rocks 


Part One 


Part Two 
Tue 7 Jun 77 Pebble Mill Studio A: 


COMPLETE HISTORY 


Wed 25 May 77 Pebble Mill Studio A: 


Thu 26 May 77 Pebble Mill Studio A: 


ASN N 


lamp was placed inside it; controlled by 

a rheostat, the lamp was able to pulse in 
time to the dialogue delivered by Colin 
Douglas. Paddy Russell felt that the 
monster was not terribly successful and 
attempted to keep it off the screen as much 
as possible. 

A number of other video effects 
performed included the pink trail of the 
Rutan ship in Part One, the numerous 
blue/green edge-of-screen distortions for 
the Rutan’s otherwise monochrome point- 
of-view shots, and the circular masking 
of the model film when seen by Reuben 
through his spyglass. Work with the Rutan 
prop was delayed from its scheduled 
session one morning until after lunch 
while the studio crew attempted to find a 
way to successfully achieve Russell’s desired 
shots of the monster. When the afternoon 
session began, Russell discovered that the 
technical crew had broken into another 
studio to liberate the extra cameras and 
equipment needed for the sequence. 
Recording wrapped an hour late at 11pm. 

On Monday 13 June, Williams wrote 
a memo complaining about the film 
processing on the serial, which had caused 
delays on the final studio day; all the film 
inserts were meant to have been ready for 
the first studio session, but these prints 
- and the four subsequent ones provided 
- had all been unacceptable. 

The presence of Doctor Who in 
Birmingham was heralded by an item 
about Baker and Jameson in the Hereford 
Evening News on Thursday 16 June. 


Part Three 

Wed 8 Jun 77 Pebble Mill Studio A: 
Start of Part Four 

Thu 9 Jun 77 Pebble Mill Studio A: 
End of Part Four; Lamp Room POV for 
Part Two; Model shots 


| uf 


} y 


a tt | 


n Tuesday 14 June, Graham 
Williams extended Paddy 
Russell’s freelance director 
contract by three weeks 
to allow her to complete 
post-production on the serial; 
Part One was edited the same day, with 
the only trim being Vince’s “I know 
— what I saw” at the end of the first scene. 
The edit continued with the remaining 
episodes, including Part Three on 
Saturday 18 June and the final instalment 
on Friday 1 July. 
Composer Dudley Simpson had been 
commissioned to provide a score for 
the serial on Tuesday 10 May. The first 
recording session for Parts One and Two 


Post-production 


was held on Tuesday 19 July, with six 
musicians performing almost nine minutes 
of material. Part One was then dubbed 

on Saturday 23 July, with Part Two on 


Saturday 6 August. The final 
two episodes had just over 


14 minutes of music taped 


on Thursday 11 August; 
these were dubbed on 
Sunday 11 and Wednesday 
14 September, by which 
time the 1977/8 series 

was underway. 

First edits of the first three 
episodes were transmitted, 
along with a second edit of 
the final instalment. 


Connections: 
U by QoverR 
® The Doctor quotes 


the rule of electrical 
potential due toa 


point charge from The 
Way Things Work: An 
Illustrated Encyclopedia 
of Technology which 
had appeared in various 
editions since 1967, 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY © 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK = » storv 2 


Right: 
The Radio 
Times 
listing for 
Part One. 


Publicit 


| ® Friday 6 May saw the Drama Early 

| | Warning Synopsis issued for Horror 
of Fang Rock, which indicated that 

the story was set at the ‘turn of 

the century’. Promotional material 
for The Horror of Fang Rock [sic] 
emphasised the charcter of Leela (‘the 
most popular companion ever’) and 
the setting of an isolated lighthouse 
(‘all the elements of a classic Victorian 
melodramatic thriller’). 


® Unlike the previous two series, 
Radio Times failed to carry a feature 
promoting the return of Doctor 
Who for the BBC1 autumn season; 
a monochrome picture of the 
Doctor and Leela accompanied the 
programme listing for Part One. 


® The serial was promoted with a 
65-second trailer, which highlighted 
the mystery of a lighthouse without 
a light, screened at 10am on Saturday 
3 September. Prior to the broadcast 
of Part One, Louise Jameson was one 
of the guests on a repeated edition of 
the children’s game show Star Turn 
- recorded Sunday 3 April and first 
broadcast Wednesday 6 April. 


® The day that the series returned to 
BBC1, Mary Malone of the Daily Mirror 
ran the item A Dog’s Life for Leela. This 
chat with Louise Jameson revealed that 
Leela was partially based on Bosie, her 
boyfriend’s dog. She also commented 
that after the next run of 26 episodes, 


_ DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


6.15 New series 
_ Dr Who 


BBC1 AUTUMN SEASON 
Drama . 


Starring Tom Baker 
in 


Horror of Fang Rock 

A four-part story 

by TERRANCE DICKS 

Part 1 

A lighthouse with no li ht show 
ing? The Doctor’s curiosity is ne 
mediately aroused, But night is 
just beginning on Fang Rock, ,, 


Mesa +0 eeeevenseerarascess JOHN ABBOTT 
Baek etietereecees COLIN DOUGLAS 
Dr Who AHR OR Cees esas eee RALPH WATSON 
0 Meme cbhaade aetpey oan. TOM BAKER 
OLB. ssseeereresenesas LOUISE JAMESON 
incidental music by puptey SIMPSON 


Script editor rowent HOLMES 
Designer PAUL ALLEN 
Producer Grawam Ww ILLIAMS 
Director pappy RUSSELL 


there would be a new companion 

as she was refusing to extend her 
contract. “I don’t want to get known as 
a Dr Who lady,” she said, “I don’t want 
to be identified only with kids’ science- 
fiction. I want to get back to the 
theatre.” Of her working relationship 
with Tom Baker, Jameson said it was: 
“a bit cat and dog, with friendly 
banter... He puts me down. I put him 
down, but we still save each other’s 


lives and have the odd hug at the end.” 


® Louise Jameson also joined Tom Baker 


at Studio B13, Broadcasting House, 
where they were the guests on Pete 
Murray’s Open House on BBC Radio 2 
on Thursday 8 September. 


. CAA RASS 


Publicity | Broadcast 


Broadcast 


® Part One of Horror of Fang Rock aired 
against a variety of shows on ITV; the 
regions scheduled items as diverse as 
the imported emergency adventure 
series Code R, the quiz show Mr & 
Mrs, The Jetsons, and a variety of films 
such as The Sons of Katie Elder. From 
Saturday 10 September, though, 
most regions took LWT’s diet of The 
Masterspy followed by New Faces. 


® Although the first week’s ratings were 
very low, there was a steady build 
through the serial’s run, taking the 
show back into the Top 30. The final 
episode was followed by a 21-second 
trailer for The Invisible Enemy. 


® In The Observer on Thursday 29 
September, critic Richard Boston 
commented that, ‘having watched the 
programme man and boy these past 
few decades, he felt the series was 
now ‘below standard’; his main targets 
for criticism were the slow pace, 
characterisation and dialogue. 


® Horror of Fang Rock was sold to a large 
number of foreign broadcasters. 
Purchasers included Chile, Gibraltar, 
Puerto Rico, Columbia, Canada, 


ORIGINAL TRANSMISSION 


EPISODE DATE TIME 


PartOne Saturday 3 September 1977 


Saturday 10 September 1977 


Part Two 
PartThree Saturday17 September 1977 


Part Four Saturday 24 September 1977 


6.15pm-6.40pm BBC1 24'10" 
6.15pm-6.40pm BBC1 24'10" 
6.15pm-6.40pm BBC1 2312" 
6.15pm-6.40pm BBC1 23'49" 


Australia, New Zealand, the United 
States and Brazil. In Australia, it 

was broadcast uncut with a G rating 
in 1979. In North America it was 
initially edited and had extra narration 
from Howard Da Silva added but 

was later broadcast uncut as well as 
being syndicated as a TV movie of 90 
minutes duration. 


® Inthe UK, Super Channel broadcast 


the story, in four-part and two-part 
versions, in 1988 and 1989; and 

UK Gold screened it episodically 
from February 1994 and showed it 
in compilation form from March 
1994. BBC Prime screened the story 
in October/November 1998 and it 
appeared on Horror Channel from 
June 2014. 


Left: 
Colonel James 
Skinsale MP 


CHANNEL DURATION RATING (CHART POS) APPRECIATION INDEX 
6.8M(52nd) 58 

71M (51st) 

9.8M(23rd) 60 

9.9M (23rd) 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY ae 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK =» sz 


Merchandis 


an a : errance Dicks rapidly novelised 
The video an : : 
Bitecues his scripts as Doctor Who and 


the Horror of Fang Rock, which 
was published in hardback by 
WH Allen and in paperback 
by Target in March 1978; the 
cover artwork was by Jeff Cummins. It was 
_ planned that the book, 

| latterly number 32 in the 
| Target Library, would 
be reprinted by Virgin 

| in spring 1994 witha 

| new cover from Alister 
Pearson - but, although 
artwork was produced, 
Virgin cancelled its 
reprint programme 
before the book saw 
print. Louise Jameson 
recorded an unabridged 
| reading for release 

by BBC Audio in 
February 2017. 

The TV soundtrack 


TERRANCE DICKS 


4 


vagy ~—_ 


of the story was 
released by AudioGO 
ag in September 2012. 
novelisation Louise Jameson 
cover by Jeff provided linking 
Cummins. narration, andina 
Right: 20-minute bonus 
The audiobook interview, recalled her 
eri orenes time on Doctor Who. Also included were 
Fang Rock. 


PDFs of the original TV camera scripts. 
Horror of Fang Rock was released on 

BBC Video in July 1998. The DVD release 

followed in January 2005 and came with 

the following extras: 

» Commentary by Louise Jameson, John Abbott 
and Terrance Dicks 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


» Terrance Dicks: 
Fact & Fiction - 
documentary on 
the career of 
Terrance Dicks 

» Paddy Russell: A 
Life in Television - 
interview with 
Paddy Russell 

» Doctor Who and 
the Daleks: The 
Antique Who 
Show - feature 
on Doctor Who 
merchandise 
broadcast on Friday 12 November 1993 

» Photo gallery 

» Production subtitles 

» Easter Egg - countdown clock for Part Three 

The story was also included as part of 


GE Fabbri’s Doctor . . , 
Who - DVD Files, ggmovog  —@ aa 
issue 61, in / . 
May 2011. 

Harlequin 4 ; 
Miniatures issued | HORROR OF FANG ROt 


a Rutan figure 
in 2000. 

Art prints of 
Horror of Fang Rock 
were issued by the 
Stamp Centre in 
August 2001. Copies 
were signed by Tom 
Baker and there was a limited numbered 
edition of 1,000 copies of each print. 

Horror of Fang Rock T-shirts - featuring 
Jeff Cummins’ artwork from the cover of 
the novelisation - were available from GB 
Tees in December 2011. 


The TOM BAKER Years 1974-81 


Cast and credits 


CAST 

WONNBaKeL, 5.ccctacaccccscomenniestnnes Doctor Who 
LOUISE JAMESON cscs Leela 

with 

COMIN DOUGIAS ........: cities Reuben? 
JOHN ADDOLE sescousimionsmnmimainacimnnnenn Vince 
Ral PIWAtSONN Tc ccecccescscescssstuanttorenecrseneroseune Ben [1] 
Sean Caffrey vniiccsccnns Lord Palmerdale [2-4] 
ALAM ROWE) ssienscossnscooinesoneniennn Skinsale [2-4] 
RIO FANNING |... Harker [2-3] 
Annette Woollett.............c6scccs Adelaide [2-4] 


Parts One to Three, the Rutan Duplicate of Reuben 
in Part Three and Four and the Rutan Voice in 
Part Four 


CREDITS Above: 
, = é Reuben and 

Written by Terrance Dicks the Donal 

Incidental Music by Dudley Simpson face horror 


tle Music by Ron Grainer on Fang Rock. 


and the BBC Radiophonic Workshop* 

Title Sequence by Bernard Lodge* 

roduction Assistant: Peter Grimwade 
roduction Unit Manager: John Nathan- Turner 
ghting: Bob Gell 
nd: David Hughes 

Im Cameraman: John Walker 

isual Effects Designer: Peter Pegrum 
pecial Sound: Dick Mills 
ostume Designer: Joyce Hawkins 
ake-Up Artist: Jackie Hodgson | 
Script Editor: Robert Holmes 
Designer: Paul Allen 
Producer: Graham Williams 
Director: Paddy Russell 


oie Ts. WW ~o 
> O > 
p= 
(ae 


‘Colin Douglas plays the real version of Reuben in 


(cap AeA) 


BBC © 1977 
Left: 
Lighthouse 
* Credited on Part One only lodgers. 


DOCTOR WHO | THECOMPLETE HISTORY © 39 | 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK » sts 


Profile 


Right: 

Graham 
Williams. 

Photo © 

Paula Bentham 


Producer 


eries producer on Doctor Who 
from 1977-9, he was born 
Richard Graham Williams on 
24 May 1945 in Cheshire. 

After five years as a theatre 
stage manager, bemoaning 
pitiful wages, Williams had the idea of 
briefly working in TV to finance a later 
return to theatre. Instead, he fell in love 
with television and stayed there. 

He joined BBC Birmingham in 
December 1966 as a prop boy in their 
Gosta Green studios. He soon became 
a floor assistant, and was a fully fledged 
assistant floor manager within a year 
of joining. 

While his career advanced, he married 
Jackie (née Jacqueline Baldwin) in Solihull 
in late 1970. Richard, their first child, 
would arrive in 1975, followed by Katie 
in 1980 and David in 1982. Jackie would 
work for news network ITN in the 1970s. 

Williams departed BBC Midlands for 
BBC London's Script Unit, where he script 
edited two Scottish-shot crime dramas 
The View from Daniel Pike (1971-3) and 
Sutherland’s Law (1973), then espionage 
series The Double Dealers (1974). By 1975 
he was concurrently script editing police 
show Z Cars and spin-off Barlow. 

Though editing occasional Z Cars into 
1976, during 1975 he began producing The 
Zodiac Factor, a run of 12 US co-funded TV 
movies. Despite spending nine months in 
pre-production, the project was cancelled 
when the BBC failed to match the $1.5m 
put up by the US end. 


40 DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


a 

Williams also helped devise police series 
Hackett, but this had stalled when writer 
Roger Marshall was asked to rework 
a feature-length treatment to an hour 
format. Any possibility of Williams now 
returning to Hackett was scotched by 
BBC politics. 

Suddenly, Williams and Doctor Who 
producer Philip Hinchcliffe found 
themselves job-swapped. Hinchcliffe, 
whose sometimes violent era had 
irked clean-up TV campaigners, was 
transferred to the post-watershed Hackett, 
and Williams sounded out on taking 
over Doctor Who in late October 1976. 
Hinchcliffe eventually retooled Hackett as 
action film series Target (1977/8). 

Hinchcliffe only discovered he was 
being replaced when producer-in-waiting 
Williams came in to oversee pre-filming on 
The Robots of Death [1977 - see Volume 26] 
in the first week of November. 

The following week a storm broke over 
the cliffhanger to Part Three of The Deadly 
Assassin [1976 - see Volume 26], with TV 


campaigner Mary Whitehouse’s complaints 
over a drowning freeze-frame upheld 

by the BBC. Now all Doctor Who scripts 
would be vetted in advance for violence 
and horror by head of drama serials, 
Graeme McDonald. 

Williams quickly realised that his 
considerable experience was “Stone Age” 
compared with Doctor Who’s technical 
demands and that a steep learning curve 
lay ahead. 

Eagle-eyed viewers would have spotted 
Williams in the documentary Whose Doctor 
Who, aired on BBC2 on 3 April 1977. 

He was seen in the production office in 
staged discussion with script editor Robert 
Holmes and scriptwriter Terrance Dicks, 
filmed in February 1977. 

Williams’ instructions from above 
were clear, as he recalled to Doctor Who 
Magazine's Jeremy Bentham in 1983: 

“I was... being offered the job but with an 
absolutely clear dictate - it wasn’t a brief, 


OOS Ne efile 


breach. I spent most of my time stopping 
Tom putting in humorous business. 
That seemed to me my function in life 
at the time!” 

With scripts already in development for 
the 1977/8 series, Williams temporarily 
abandoned plans for a series-long umbrella 
theme. He had earlier circulated a rather 
rambling outline detailing the four forces 
that govern the universe. 

Fortunately, the hugely experienced 
Holmes remained initially as script editor 
but, even so, the first script submitted, 
Terrance Dicks’ vampire story The Witch 
Lords, was rejected by Graeme McDonald 
who did not want the production stealing 
thunder from the BBC’s forthcoming 
Dracula adaptation. 

The next script available, The Invisible 
Enemy, was hurriedly brought forward into 
studio; after recording was completed, 
Williams went home and slept for 36 
hours. Next up, Horror of Fang Rock had to 


Below: 


it was a dictate - that the violence level decamp to Birmingham’s Pebble Mill due Patrick Move 
had to come down, and the horror element to lack of London studios. in Target, 
with it.” These were indicative of the testing ooh 
Williams filled the resulting vacuum with | conditions Williams would face in the by Carer, 
his leading man and moves to humour next three years. Star tantrums, executive Williams but 
and send-up. As he told fans Jon Heckford interference, industrial action and budget ultimately 
and Michael Stead in 1984: “Tom Baker cuts would all besiege this intelligent and a Paice 
was the principal element that filled it, of outwardly laidback producer. Hinchcliffe, 


\ 


course, because if you've got an actor like 
that, with the energy and enthusiasm that 
Tom could bring to anything, you'd be 
crazy to let it wither on by.” 

Some fans soon complained of a descent 
into slapstick, and even Graeme McDonald 
acknowledged Baker was prone to 
becoming “flippant and unmanageable”. 

Williams explained this creative tension 
to Dreamwatch magazine interviewers Gary 
Leigh and David Miller in 1985: “I know 
that folk go on and on and on about the 
humour in the programme, but I think 
it was the natural thing to step into the 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY a 


42 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK =» sors 


Right: 

Horror of Fang 
Rock opened 
Graham 
Williams’ first 
series as 
Doctor Who 
producer. 


The 1977/8 series finalé The Invasion of 
Time [1978 - see Volume 28] was hastily 
written by Williams and his new script 
editor Anthony Read, while City of Death 
[1979 - see Volume 31] was similarly 
hurriedly concocted with his third script 
editor, talented rookie Douglas Adams. 
Williams also contributed (uncredited) to 
another Adams script, Shada (1979). 

Williams later admitted his umbrella 
theme of the quest for the Key to Time run 
across all of the 1978/9 series had been 
“a rod for my own back”, with inter-story 
continuity meaning stories had to air in 
recording order. 

His star took an increasingly 
proprietorial attitude towards the show 
and after a row in studio between Baker 
and Alan Bromly, director of Nightmare 
of Eden [1979 - see Volume 31], Williams 
was forced to direct the final studio 


session himself. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


Matters came to a head when Baker, ina 
fit of pique, briefly resigned from the show 
and the issue was escalated upwards to Bill 
Cotton, controller of BBC1. Cotton sided 
with Baker, persuading him to stay, thus 
emasculating his producer. Baker himself 
later said of Williams: “He was the dearest 
chap... but he was used to dealing with 
people who were saner than I was.” 

Williams’ greatest pressures were 
budgetary, his stories attacked by fans 
as cheap and shoddy. Even Graeme 
McDonald vocally criticised production 
values on The Power of Kroll [1978/9 - see 
Volume 30]. 

This was however due to the economic 
realities of hyper-inflation. As Williams 
explained in 1985: “Each of the years I 
had the programme we were cut back by 
something like eight to 10 per cent when 
inflation was anywhere near [22 per cent], 
so you're faced at the end of the year with 
making the programme for something like 
30 per cent less.” In 1984, he reckoned that 
“in real terms we made that third season 
with half the cost of the first”. 

Despite such pressures, Williams 
managed occasional production triumphs, 
introducing innovative Steadicam filming 
to Destiny of the Daleks [1979 - see Volume 
30] and achieving the series’ first overseas 
location shoot, to Paris for City of Death. 

Ratings remained around a respectable 
8-9 million, seeing off glossy imported ITV 
rivals The Man from Atlantis and Logan’s 
Run. Destiny of the Daleks and City of Death, 
aired while ITV was blacked out by a strike, 
reached up to 16 million viewers. 

Yet industrial action gave with one hand 
and took away with the other. Having 
successfully navigated numerous disputes 
before, Williams’ strike-hit swansong 
Shada was cancelled before production 
was completed and never broadcast; 

a downbeat end to an era typified by 


creative invention compromised by 
impossible odds. 

Exhausted, Williams quit the 
programme, bemoaning its “57 weeks 
a year schedule”. 

In his final interview, with fanzine 
In-Vision, he summed up his experience: 

“I went into Doctor Who rather as a 
journeyman; as a writer/producer there 
to do a professional job. I didn’t have a 
burning commitment to the show then 
and I don’t think I developed one all the 
time I was on it. It was just a television 
programme, not a way of life - or rather, 
it should not become a way of life. Doctor 
Who did become a way of life, which was 
one reason why, ultimately, I gave it up.” 

He left Doctor Who - and the BBC - at the 
end of March 1980. 

Interviewed by Peter Griffiths in 1998, 
writer Chris Boucher compared Williams 
and Philip Hinchcliffe: “They were both 
elegant young men, rather middle class. 
Philip was more pushy, a man on the way 
up, whereas I always sensed that Graham 
in some strange way was a man on the way 
down. I don’t think he was sure of himself 
- he felt he had to make a mark.” 

Williams spent the next 
two years involved in 
computer technology and 
indeed helped develop 
the BBC Micro text-based 
adventure game Doctor Who 
and the Warlord, released 
1985. He also wrote Play for 
Today drama documentary 
London is Drowning (aired 27 
October 1981) on BBC1. 


tags C0 
‘GRAHAM WILLIAMS 


<- 47> ge 


Left: 

Williams 
co-authored 
The Invasion of 


Time and City 
of Death under 
the pen name 
David Agnew. 
He returned to TV production with 
Anglia’s Tales of the Unexpected, producing 
batches of episodes which aired 1982-8, 
delighted to have four times the budget 
of Doctor Who. 
Doctor Who script editor Eric Saward 
asked him to write a Blackpool-based 
story featuring the Celestial Toymaker. 
The resulting script The Nightmare Fair 
was however scrapped when the series was 
put on hiatus in February 1985. It was 
published as a Target novel in 1989 and 
adapted for audio by Big Finish in 2009. 
Williams produced Tyne Tees children’s 
programmes, beginning with 1986 
Dramarama play Flyaway Friend, then 
moving onto comedy Super Gran for its 
1986 Christmas Special and second series 
inj19S7, 
Disillusioned, Williams retired from 
a i : Left: 
television in 1987, relocating from Gana 
Kew, South London to run the williams’ 
Hartnoll Hotel in rural Tiverton, novelisation 
; of his unmade 
Devon. He also ran for election as DoconWwhe 
a local councillor. story The 
Nightmare Fair. 


Tragically Williams was 
_ killed, aged just 45, on Friday 
| 17 August 1990 in a shooting 
| accident while out with a 
shooting party arranged in 
a hotel publicity drive. Ml 


DOCTOR WHO | THECOMPLETE HISTORY © 43 


THE INVISIBLE 
ENEMY 


» STORY 93 


In the year 5000, mankind has ventured 
beyond the Earth, but out in space a sentient 
virus, the Swarm, is waiting. With the Doctor 
contaminated by the Nucleus of the Swarm, 
clones of himself and Leela must journey into 
his own brain to confront the enemy. 


© DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


% 


% : 
oe hae! me “Ng DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY ¢ 45 
S \ 


™~ 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY 


Below: 

Sarah Jane 
Smith receives 
KS asa 

gift from 

the Doctor. 


=~ \\ NXE 


Introduction 


orror of Fang Rock’s Rutan 
may not have shown its true 
colours until the very end, but 
it was walking about, large 
as life, disguised as ordinary 
folk throughout. The Invisible 
Enemy’s monster of the week might not 
be strictly invisible as the title suggests, 
but it’s so small it can’t be seen with the 
naked eye. Like the Rutan, the Nucleus 
of the Swarm doesn’t put in a proper 
appearance until later, when it’s scaled up 
to macroscopic proportions. It’s then that 
we learn that viruses - or this one at least - 
look like an angry prawn. 

But before this fishy fright is revealed 
in all its glory, there’s a journey into 
a previously unexplored realm. The 
Doctor and companion Leela are cloned, 
miniaturised and venture inside the 
Doctor’s brain! 

The Invisible Enemy revels in being 
unconventional, from the new 
environments it explores down to details 


6 DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


such as the quirky ‘futuristic’ spelling 

on signage dotted about Titan base and 
the Bi-Al Foundation. This out-of-the- 
ordinary approach can also be seen in The 
Invisible Enemy's foremost achievement - 
the introduction of the robot dog K9. He 
was the first non-human companion, and 
became a regular on the series for over 
three years. 

For the briefest of moments it looked 
as if K9 was going to be written out after 
only five stories. In the final episode of The 
Invasion of Time [1978 - see Volume 28] K9 
decided to stay with Leela on Gallifrey, but 
before the credits could roll we discovered 
that the Doctor had another K9 lined up 
ready to join him on his travels. K9 Mark 
II eventually left the series with Romana 
Mark II in Warriors’ Gate [1981 - see 
Volume 33]. A third model soon followed, 
however, when former companion Sarah 
Jane Smith received another K9 as a gift 
from the Doctor in the spin-off show 
K9 and Company. The Tenth Doctor was 
reunited with both Sarah and K9 in School 
Reunion |2006 - see Volume 52]. K9 Mark 
II] sacrifices himself, but is soon replaced 
by Mark IV. The irony of this is not lost 
on Sarah who notes that the Doctor has 
replaced her with a younger model too. 

K9’s début in The Invisible Enemy 
complemented the established TARDIS 
crew. The naive yet impulsive Leela 
found much to like in the obedient, 
literal-minded dog. The Doctor, 
meanwhile, now had two companions 
who could offer him some physical 
assistance. And while Leela was famously 
a hit with some older male viewers, K9 
soon became the children’s favourite. 


1 


“Kg’?S DEBUT 
THE ESTABLISHE 


COMPLEMENTED 
D TARDIS CREW. 


48 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY =» storvs: 


PART ONE 


Mm he Titan shuttle steers through the 
asteroid belt. The pilot, Meeker, 
allows it to drift off course so 

his superior officer, Safran, takes over 

the controls. Then the ship enters a 

flickering, oily nebula. [1] 

The Doctor shows Leela the TARDIS 
“number two control room”. The ship 
materialises in space in 5000 AD, the year 
when the human race began to spread 
across the galaxy. 

The shuttle lands on Titan and descends 
into the base. Its crew put on helmets and 
emerge into the base. They enter the mess 
room and the personnel - Meeker, Safran, 
and Silvey - are all possessed by a strange 
infection. [2] 

The remaining member of the Titan 
personnel, Lowe, sends out a mayday and 
escapes through an airlock. The TARDIS 
picks up the mayday, and then a second 
signal from Safran saying that it should be 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


disregarded. Leela senses evil and as the 
TARDIS passes through the nebula, a fork 
of lightning crackles from the console and 
knocks the Doctor unconscious. [3] 

The TARDIS lands in the base and 
Safran, Meeker and Silvey approach it. 
Inside, the Doctor wakes up, claiming to 
hear a voice in his head. 

Lowe arrives and orders the spacemen 
to drop their weapons. He kills Silvey and 
then runs, pursued by Safran and Meeker. 
He hides in the cryogenics section. 

The Doctor emerges from the TARDIS 
and finds Silvey’s corpse. Leela wanders 
off, while the Doctor meets Safran 
and Meeker. [4] They tell him they are 
preparing the hives for the Nucleus within 
him. A lightning fork flashes between 
them and the Doctor is possessed. 

Leela rescues Lowe [5] and helps him 
recover in the mess. Meeker enters, and 
Leela despatches him with a knife - but 
as he dies, he infects Lowe. 

The possessed Doctor spots Leela, and 
prepares to shoot her... [6] 


. CAA RAB 


he Doctor cries out a warning. Leela 
Ti and the Doctor misses, then 
places himself in a coma. Lowe meets 
Safran and informs him that “contact 
has been made”. He offers to go with the 
Doctor and Leela to guard the Nucleus 
as they do not suspect him yet. He helps 
Leela carry the Doctor into the TARDIS. 
He suggests taking the Doctor to the Bi-Al 
Foundation in the asteroid belt. [1] 

Once they have arrived, the Doctor is 
taken to the isolation ward on level X4. 
Lowe goes to the eye section, claiming to 
have suffered from a “blaster flash”. 

The Doctor is examined by Professor 
Marius, the Foundation’s specialist 
in extraterrestrial pathological 
endomorphisms. He is assisted by a 
medic called Parsons and a dog-shaped 
mobile computer called K9. K9 informs 
Marius that the Doctor is suffering 
from an unidentified viral-type infection 


' located in the mind-brain interface. Leela 


finds the Doctor and meets K9. Marius 
explains that he had K9 built to act as his 
own personal data bank. [2] 

Lowe infects some Foundation staff 
and informs them they must protect the 
Nucleus. [3] Marius prepares to operate 
on the Doctor. The Nucleus telepathically 
informs Lowe that it is threatened, and the 
nebula attacks another shuttle. The shuttle 
spins out of control and crashes into the 
Foundation, sealing off level X4. [4] 

At the Doctor’s request, Marius makes 
clones of the Doctor and Leela. [5] The 
Doctor’s clone returns to the TARDIS to 
collect the relative dimensional stabiliser. 
Meanwhile Lowe contacts Marius, 
ordering him to release the Doctor. 

The Doctor’s clone returns to the ward 
and explains his plan. He intends to use 
the stabiliser to reduce himself and Leela 
to micro-dimensions so they can fight the 
Nucleus. Marius follows the Doctor’s plan, 
miniaturising the clones and injecting 
them directly into the Doctor’s brain. [6] 


a 
DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY a a 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY =» storvs: 


PART THREE 


Ml he Doctor and Leela clones find 
themselves in the Doctor’s brain. 
Marius pretends to acquiesce to 

Lowe’s ultimatum, telling Leela and K9 to 

guard the corridor. K9 creates a barrier 

by blasting down a section of wall. [1] 

They exchange fire with Lowe and the 

possessed staff. 

The cloned Doctor discovers damage 
caused by the virus, then the cloned 
Leela is attacked by some phagocytes. 
[2] The cloned Doctor distracts them by 
connecting some ganglia to send them 
away to repair the Doctor’s liver. 

One of the staff makes it over the 
barrier and infects K9. K9 blasts Leela 
unconscious. The cloned Leela and 
Doctor reach the interface between 
the Doctor’s mind and brain. [3] 

Lowe enters the ward, kills Parsons 


and infects Marius. Leela recovers and 
K9 informs her that he was temporarily 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


overpowered. Marius’ assistant informs 
them that the professor has been taken 
over and is cloning Lowe. 

The cloned Doctor and Leela enter the 
land of dreams and fantasy. [4] 

Marius injects Lowe’s miniaturised 
clone into the Doctor’s brain. The clone 
follows the same route as the cloned 
Doctor and Leela. 

The clones come face-to-face with the 
Nucleus of the Swarm. It explains that for 
millennia the Swarm has hung dormant in 
space. They have as much right to conquer 
as the human species. But now they intend 
to dominate both the microcosm and the 
macrocosm! And through the Doctor, the 
Nucleus has time itself in its grasp! [5] 

The cloned Leela makes short work 
of the cloned Lowe. The cloned Doctor 
orders the Nucleus to “get out of my 
brain’ before he disintegrates. 

Marius collects what he thinks are the 
clones from the Doctor’s tear duct. But 
instead, he has rescued the Nucleus - and 
grown it to the size of a man! [6| 


SS AAA. 


he Doctor’s signs of infection fade as 
Tes helps the Nucleus out of the 
cloning booth. [1] 

Meanwhile, Leela disguises herself as 
a victim of the Swarm. She gets close 
enough to the Doctor to rescue him, and 
they escape into the TARDIS with k9. 

The Nucleus orders Marius to remain 
behind while it travels to Titan in a shuttle 
with Lowe. 

The Doctor instructs K9 to knock out 
Marius, then the Doctor and Leela take 
him to the isolation ward. The Doctor 
examines a sample of Leela’s blood and 
discovers she is immune to the Swarm. 

[2] Now all he has to do is duplicate her 
immunity and inject it into Marius and he 
will be cured. 

Marius is successfully cured. [3] With 
K9’s help, the Doctor isolates a strain of 
antibodies with lethal capacity and Marius 
cultivates it. Then, having regained the 


relative dimensional stabiliser, the Doctor, 
and Leela return to the TARDIS with K9. 

The shuttle reaches Titan and the 
Nucleus is placed in a breeding tank. It 
starts spawning. [4] 

The TARDIS lands in the base. K9 
serves as a decoy to distract the breeding 
tank guard and keeps Lowe and Safran k 
occupied while the Doctor attempts to 
use the antibodies. But Lowe shoots the 
antibodies from the Doctor’s hand. K9 
blasts Lowe and the Doctor shoves him 
into the breeding tank. [5] 

The Doctor is forced to improvise a 
new plan, opening oxygen cylinders and 
rigging the door of the tank with explosive. 
Then he runs into the TARDIS, nearly 
forgetting to take Leela and K9 with him! 

The Swarm attempts to leave the tank 
and the base explodes. The Doctor and 
Leela return to the Bi-Al Foundation, 
where Marius asks them to do him a 
favour - can they take K9 with them? [6] 
K9 trundles eagerly into the TARDIS, 
ready for adventures! 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY & 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY =» stores: 


Pre-production 


s work on the 1977/8 series producer from February 1977. Previously 
geared up, Doctor Who was to a script editor on BBC series such as The 
be landed with both a new View from Daniel Pike, Sutherland’s Law, 


\ producer and a significant new The Double Dealers, Barlow and Z Cars, 
| directive. Following numerous § Williams’ appointment had come in late 


icomplaints and criticisms October 1976, just as The Deadly Assassin 

eeding the level of horror in the series controversy had erupted and when he 
since 1974, culminating in a furore over had been attempting to set up a BBC film 
a drowning scene in The Deadly Assassin co-production entitled The Zodiac Factor. 
[1976 - see Volume 26], Bill Slater, the As it transpired, Hinchcliffe was to move 
BBC’s head of drama serials, had indicated on to produce Target, a tough crime series 
that a more family-oriented approach was which Williams had recently helped devise. 

Ber, required. With this in mind, 3 L-year-old In addition to his instruction to reduce 

Waris the Graham Williams found himself actively the violent content, Williams was to 

firing line, trailing Philip Hinchcliffe as the series’ encounter a number of other problems 


“ill ay, 


upon joining the series. The continued 
involvement of Louise Jameson, the 
actress playing companion Leela, had not 
been confirmed beyond her initial three 
stories. Williams had the job of breaking 
the news that Leela would remain to the 
show’s star, Tom Baker, who had an intense 
dislike of the Leela character. Jameson 
herself was undecided about her future, 
but was persuaded by Williams to stay on 
while in Northampton recording location 
material for The Talons of Weng-Chiang 
[1977 - see Volume 26] in January 1977. 
One condition of Jameson's remaining was 
that a forthcoming storyline would allow 
the colour of Leela’s eyes to change from 
brown to blue - meaning that the actress 
would no longer have to wear contact 
lenses, which she found painful. 


een to establish a running theme for 
K the series, and in accordance with 

Slater’s desire that the series did 
not revive the UNIT format, Williams had 
drafted a three-page document on Tuesday 
30 November 1976 which had outlined the 
Doctor’s search for an artefact known as 
the Key to Time over six serials. However, 
script editor Robert Holmes had already 
begun developing storylines for the new 
series; these did not fit Williams’ format, 
forcing the postponement of the idea. 
After three years on the show, Holmes 
was keen to leave, and was unhappy at the 
prospect of toning down the series’ style. 
However, Williams persuaded him to stay 
on for a further six months, until he had 
settled in as producer. 

The first serial planned to go into 
production that year hit problems. Holmes 
had asked Terrance Dicks to provide a 
storyline at short notice; on Tuesday 
11 January 1977, the writer had been 


Pre-production 


_— 
commissioned to pen a four-part vampire Above: 
narrative titled The Witch Lords (later The Me - a 


Vampire Mutation). Unfortunately, before 
Dicks could complete the second script, the 
serial was vetoed by newly appointed head 
of drama serials Graeme McDonald on 

the grounds that the BBC was planning a 
serious adaptation of Bram Stoker’s Dracula 
for later in the year, with which a vampire- 
themed Doctor Who might clash. 

With Dicks despatched to write a 
replacement serial, Rocks of Doom (latterly 
Horror of Fang Rock [1977 - see page 12]), 
Williams and Holmes brought the series’ 
second planned serial forward, which 
would now be recorded first. This was a 
storyline which Holmes had commissioned 
in January from Bob Baker and Dave 
Martin, two experienced Doctor Who 
writers who at the time were also working 
on scripts for Target. The deadline for the 
serial was now very tight, with filming 
scheduled for March and recording 
for April. 

Baker and Martin’s tale was a futuristic 
affair inspired by a newspaper article 
concerning virus mutations, and also 
a piece in Scientific American about 
noetics and diseases which attacked the 


arrive on Titan. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY @ 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY 


imagination. The concept of 
battling a mutation which 
could adapt quickly was then 
linked to ideas contained 
within the 1966 20th 
Century Fox movie Fantastic 
Voyage, in which a group of 
scientists in a submarine are 
miniaturised and injected 
into a man’s body to effect 
vital brain surgery, eventually 
emerging through the tear 
duct (as discussed by the 
Doctor and Professor Marius 
in Baker and Martin’s script); 
the homage extended to an 
attack on one of the villains 
by antibodies in the Doctor’s 
bloodstream, which was akin to the demise 
of a saboteur in the movie. 


T he storyline, entitled The Invisible 


Connections: 
Old fashions 
® The hat stand in the new 
TARDIS control room has 
hanging onit the Doctor's 
burgundy jacket which he 
first wore in Robot [1974/5 
- see Volume 22]; his cape 
and deerstalker which 
he wore in The Talons of 
Weng-Chiang [1977 - see 
Volume 26]; and his long 
brown overcoat which he 
first wore in Pyramids 
of Mars [1975 - see 
Volume 24]. 


Invader, submitted in early January 

1977, offered a scene breakdown for 
the first two episodes of the ‘Space Virus 
Story’ and then a summary of the two 
concluding instalments. The story was set 
in the solar system around the year 5000, 


Right: ; é brea 

Fe See during mankind’s colonisation of space. 
Leelaventures The basic outline was very close indeed 
into the 


to the finished programme. In Episode 
One, Meeker, Safran and Silvey were 

‘mine engineers’ and when the Doctor was 
attacked by the virus in the TARDIS, it was 
noted: ‘SPECIAL EFFECT: the virus POV, 
like the microphotography techniques 
used to film cells, as the virus goes through 
the eye along the optic nerve into the grey 
matter. For the three miners who had 
been taken over, ‘We see the difference 
clearly now: only the eyes (outposts of the 
brain) and surrounding tissue affected. 
Shiny metallic growth across eyes... There 


Doctor's brain. 


ae DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


a SK NN 


was some hint that the mine on Titan is 
dangerous to the virus, and Meeker said 
that when they leave, they would set the 
methane atmosphere alight to destroy 
this threat. The cliffhanger was to have 
Leela trapped in a battle with Meeker and 
the others (unaware that the unnamed 
supervisor has also been infected) while 
the Doctor seemed to fall fully under the 
influence of the virus which he had been 
fighting (this process being referred to 

as a Jekyll and Hyde effect). At the start 
of Episode Two, Leela killed Safran and 
Silvey, but the Doctor staggered in and 
allowed Meeker to escape. The supervisor 
(who wore gold goggles to disguise the 
infection) suggested getting the Doctor to 
the Bi-Al Foundation on Asteroid K 4067. 
Professor Marius was the ‘head man of 
Foundation... Hard autocratic exterior, like 
all surgeons: cruel to be kind. Foundation 
very much his baby, Marius’ idiosyncrasy 
was ‘a portable computer, like a tin dog 
on wheels, called Phenomenological 
Indication Data Observation Unit: ‘FIDO’. 
Fido follows Marius about, and stores all 
he wants to know. A rectangular wheeled 
box with a screen for a head. Antenna 

for tail’ After the shuttle crash, Marius 


— 


‘realises that all the wounded have the 


virus. Agonising decision - all the wounded 
are jettisoned back into space (UNSEEN) 
in a cryogenic container. For examination 
later. The Prof realises the Foundation is 
under attack by the intelligent Virus.’ It was 
also noted that ‘The reason why the Prof 
has not been affected: as with [Dr Albert] 
Schweitzer and leprosy, the Prof has spent 
his life fighting disease, has built up great 
resistance... Or so he tells Leela’ Leela and 
the cloned Doctor fought their way to the 
TARDIS to get the relative dimensional 
stabiliser, while the supervisor took over 
central control and threatened to kill 

other patients unless the professor gave in. 
Fido helped the cloned Doctor and Leela 
get back to the isolation ward theatre. 

In the closing scene, the miniaturised 
Doctor clone and Leela on CSO (Colour 
Separation Overlay) were ‘fighting their 
way through the lymphatic streams, 

the synaptic lightning storms, into the 
Doctor’s brain...’ For Part Three, Baker and 
Martin indicated that half the action took 
place inside the Doctor’s Brain and the rest 
in the operating theatre. ‘Ideally we would 
like all this Mind section to be on film) 


Pre-production 


noted the writers, suggesting ‘the old and Left: 
new colleges of Cambridge for example - The Tes keer 
on Titan, 


interiors only. Or a garden and follies 

such as the grounds of Stowe School? 

The virus in the Doctor’s mind was to be 
like ‘an octopus in a crevice’. Leela used a 
laser-blaster on the virus which disappeared 
seconds before she and the cloned 

Doctor had to get out. In the operating 
theatre, when Leela blasted the virus, the 
supervisor watching the professor’s every 
move suffered traumatic shock and was 
overpowered, allowing Marius to extract 
the Doctor clone and Leela and restore 
them - but instead sees ‘a man-sized virus... 
armoured, exoskeletal, multipodal, like 
some vile enormous tick... In : 
Part Four, the Doctor on the Connections: 


operating table recovered, Phoning it in 
while the viral monster’s ® Tom Baker cheekily 
influence caused the other deviated from the script 


infected personnel to mutate 
into creatures like itself. The 
miniaturised Doctor and 
Leela emerged - the Doctor’s 
clone being reabsorbed 

into his original self. The 
transformed Meeker (‘the 
monsters have hideously 
recognisable human faces’) 
had prepared an incubator in 
the caverns of Titan for the 
next stage of evolution for the 
virus so that it could emerge 
like millions of locusts. The 
Doctor’s solution was to 
increase the temperature to 

a point where Titan ignited 
and blews up in its methane 
envelope before the virus 
could swarm. 

During the second half 
of January 1977, Invisible 
Invader temporarily swapped 
places in the production 


when reading off the 
coordinates of the mayday 
message, giving “Quadrant 
six two, WHI1212. 
9990EX41" ‘WHI [short , 
for Whitehall] 1212’ was 

the telephone number for 
Scotland Yard, with ‘999’ 
being the number for the 
emergency services. ‘Ex 

41' was the beginning of 

the telephone extension 
number for the Doctor 

Who production office (the 
full number being ‘4111’, 
Continuing the same 

theme, the Doctor tells 

Leela that the coordinates 

for the Bi-Al Foundation 

are 7438000, which was 

the number for the main 
switchboard of the BBC's 
Television Centre. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY &®) 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY 


schedule with The Vampire Mutation. 
However, at the start of February 1977 
it was moved back to being the first 

in production order for the 1977/8 
series. Rehearsals on Invisible Invader 
were originally to have been held from 
Wednesday 30 March. 


Right: 
The (not so) 


ue commissioned on Friday 14 January 
invisible enemy. 


1977, with a delivery deadline of 
Tuesday 15 February. As it turned out, 
though, the scripts were actually delivered 
one week early, on Tuesday 8 February. 

In the scripts, Titan Base was described 

as ‘machinery set into solid orange rock’. 
The trappings of the serial’s main setting, 
the Centre for Alien Bimorphology (or the 
Bi-Al Foundation), were to be depicted as: 
‘Men and women in surgical greens and 
reds and whites. No nurses as such. All 
very equal.’ 

Baker and Martin developed a sinister 
catchphrase akin to “Eldrad must live!” 
in their earlier The Hand of Fear [1976 
- see Volume 25], this time the words 
“contact has been made” were to be 
uttered by each person infected by 
the Swarm. The script described the 
infection’s primary manifestation as 
a ‘reddish metallic rash round the eyes’ 
and ‘bushier thicker brows’. 

The Nucleus of the Swarm itself was to 
be seen in two forms. Firstly, when seen 
within the Doctor’s brain in Part Three: 
‘We see oxblood antennae waving from 
the crevice. Close up of another part of 
the rock, a prawn-like leg or pair of legs 
waving in another crevice. The Nucleus is 
embedded in the whole of the split rock, 
not just one crevice, but many crevices, as if 
the whole rock was teeming with this single 
life form... From behind [the Doctor] we see 


T he scripts for Invisible Invader were 


oe DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


an antennae with a claw... pincers’. Then, 
at the end of Part Three, the Nucleus is 
extracted from the Doctor and is magnified 
as it enters the ‘macroverse’: ‘The hideous 


shape of the full size nucleus, unobscured 
by rock. Man-sized, armoured, exoskeletal, 
multipodal, like some vile blood-red prawn’ 
The scripts for The Invisible Enemy also 
incorporated a robot dog called K9 (again 
from the version of Finglish spelling 
conceived by Martin), named by Baker 
after ‘Pluto’ had been ruled out on the 
grounds that it might cause trouble with 
Walt Disney. Martin had always liked 
dogs, and wanted to see one in Doctor Who 
although the use of pets was awkward 
and time-consuming. Martin had recently 
lost two pedigree Springer Spaniels which 
had been hit by cars, and it was suggested 
that if he had one which was built like a 
tank with a gun, then it could fight back! 
Another idea was that K9 could hover, 
although the writers realised that they had 
used this concept before for the Sontaran 
scout machine in The Sontaran Experiment 
[1974 - see Volume 22]. In The Invisible 
Enemy, Marius’ mobile computer, K9, was 
devised as a way to inform the audience 
what was going on while the clone of the 
Doctor was inside the real Doctor. In the 
script, the writers indicated: ‘Professor 
Marius is reading the print out from K9, 


.~ AAA 


his personal computer (komputa) which | ‘Doctor 2’ - would be similar we 

is like a tin dog on wheels with a screen to ‘that between Dr Jekyll and § Connections: 

for a head, printout for a mouth, antenna Mr Hyde’. Part Three’s script Bad Doctor ‘ 

for a tail. In computer lettering on each contained dialogue about shied ite Bisctar tells - 

flank: ‘K9’. Much smaller: ‘If found return the Leela clone remembering | es fo A 

to Professor Marius X47. Later on, K9’s London (a reference to The resista malevolent force 

defence capabilities were shown when Talons of Weng-Chiang {1977 - jj tos coir She ais r e 

‘a short stubby barrel emerges snout- see Volume 26]). The agents shaialmeaancianininn 

like from below the screen’. On reading of the Doctor’s immune reference be ‘asain the 

the script, Holmes called the writers system were introduced in Raper eter a Ga 

immediately to say how much he liked the same episode: ‘A large inte nin saiuneied 

the idea of K9. bag shaped object slides kets Boetal in The 
The opening scenes aboard the shuttle into shot and pursues them eee Gl ee See ae 

with Safran calling out to Meeker that silently. It is a phagocyte Molumecee) 

he was off course when the latter took or white corpuscle, which 7 

manual control were inspired by an destroys foreign bodies by surrounding, 

experience of the writers’ aboard a sailing enveloping and digesting them, 

boat; Baker had been left to steer for six On Tuesday 1 February, live action 

hours during the voyage, while the skipper pre-filming for Invisible Invader was 

continually called from a bunk at the back: scheduled to take place from Tuesday 22 

“You're off course!” to Tuesday 29 March on Stage 2 at Ealing 
The script for Part Two indicated that Film Studios. This was to have covered tinue May 

the difference in behaviour between the all of the scenes inside the Doctor’s body. Exploding 

Doctor and his clone - referred to as However, to cut production costs, it was the mind. . 


er. | 
a 7 - 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY 


Right: 
The Doctor 
is in! 


decided that these sequences would all 
be recorded on videotape, along with 
the rest of the serial. On Wednesday 16 
February, Williams wrote to Tom Baker 
and Louise Jameson to say that the 
filming had been cancelled, but instead 
there would now be an extra studio day 
on Sunday 10 April. 

Having originally submitted their 
storyline under the title The Invader Within, 
several alternative titles were considered, 
including The Invader Within, The Invisible 
Invader and The Enemy Within, before 
the final title of The Invisible Enemy was 
arrived at. 


illiams found that some of the 
Wi -- established BBC directors 

were reluctant to work on Doctor 
Who; others who had worked on the show 
before were now busy, such as Michael E 
Briant who was invited to return to the 
show in 1977 but who was committed 
to a BBC1 adaptation of Treasure Island. 
For his first serial as producer, Williams 
drafted in Derrick Goodwin from Z Cars 
(having worked with him since 1975) on 
what would be his first work on Doctor 
Who. Born in Hendon in 1935, Goodwin 
had been a stage director - and actor - 
since the early 1960s, working at Leicester, 
Dundee, Glasgow, Ipswich, Newcastle 
and Birmingham. Moving into television, 
he directed instalments of BBC2’s Thirty- 
Minute Theatre in 1969 and then moved to 
Yorkshire where he worked on sitcoms like 
Never Say Die and Albert!, following which 
came other sitcoms at London Weekend 
Television such as Bowler, The Train Now 
Standing and Thick as Thieves. However, he 
had also dabbled further in drama with 
Thames’ Six Days of Justice and LWT’s 
New Scotland Yard and Within These Walls. 


&) DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


XN NNNAN 


Goodwin did not like science-fiction and 
refused Williams’ offer on two occasions 
until the producer promised him some 

of the best people to work with on the 
project. Learning that it was one of the 
inspirations for the serial, Goodwin viewed 
a print of Fantastic Voyage. Like Goodwin, 
The Invisible Enemy would also be the first 
professional encounters with Doctor Who 
for costume designer Raymond Hughes 
and make-up artist Maureen Winslade. 
Designer Barry Newbery, though, was a 
series veteran whose work extended back 
to the very first Doctor Who story 100,000 
BC [1963 - see Volume 1]. John Nathan- 
Turner, previously a floor assistant on 
several serials from The Space Pirates [1969 
- see Volume 14] on, also formally joined 
the show as production unit manager, 
having stood in for Chris D’Oyly John 

on the final weeks of The Talons of Weng- 
Chiang. Visual effects were originally 
assigned to Ian Scoones, who'd worked 
on The Ambassadors of Death {1970 - see 
Volume 15], The Curse of Peladon [1972 - see 
Volume 18], Pyramids of Mars [1975 - see 
Volume 24] and The Masque of Mandragora 
[1976 - see Volume 25]; however, when it 
became clear that the serial was to be very 
effects-intensive, department head Bernard 
Wilkie allocated the model work to 


Scoones and all 
studio effects to 
Scoones’ former 
assistant, Tony 
Harding. 

The first 
sketches 
of K9 were 
produced by lan Scoones, who imagined 
an armoured Hound of the Baskervilles-type 
dog large enough to be operated by a small 
actor. Graham Williams was unhappy 
with the idea of a pseudo-Doberman 
Pinscher, which he considered both 


Wile Frupulgy ff 


a. Ge ; : This page: 
too fierce and indicative of a man in Tony Harding's 
a costume. Further designs (some design 
named ‘Fido’) were drawn up by sketches for 

; : : KQ,,, and the 
Tony Harding. His first design was cniched ere! 


very comical, akin to Walt Disney’s 
Pluto. This was refined until a third 
design was passed. Harding’s design 
incorporated the following elements: 
a tail that could droop and rise; a 
retractable shutter revealing a display 
screen on K9’s side; flashing lights 
showing a computer online display on 
the side of K9’s base; a retractable 
analysis probe ‘eye’ (inspired by the 
tail-light of a Mercedes which 
Harding noticed when he 
drove home one night); 
a retractable ‘blaster’ for 
offensive capability; a paper 
data printout facility; and 
a motive unit ‘in excess of 
normal human walking pace’. 
A wooden and Plasticard 
mock-up of K9 was made by 
Harding and his assistant Chris 
Lawson, with another assistant, 
Roger Perkins, then taking a mould 
to make a fibreglass body. With no 
experience of remote controls, 
Harding contacted companies in 
the Yellow Pages and found himself 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY =» storvss 


Connections: 

Brain scan 

® Marius asks a nurse to 
“get an encephalograph 
ut” on the Doctor. This 
iS agenuine medical 
rocedure which allows 


Right: 
Supervisor 
Lowe prepares 
to confront his 
attackers, 


the examination of the 
rain by replacing some 
the cerebrospinal 
fluid with air or gas 
that acts as a 
contrast medium, 


talking to Nigel Brackley of 
the Radio Control Model 
Centre in Harlington who 
then assisted with the 

drive mechanism and its 
operation. Powered by 

small wet-cell batteries as 
used on motorcycles, the 
prop’s special features were 
operated via two Futaba AM 
frequency radio control units 
- one four-channel and one 
six- channel. These allowed 
K9 to move back and forth, 
turn, wag its tail, extend its 
antenna probe, wave its ears, project its 
gun and emit ticker-tape from its ‘mouth’. 
The head electronics were fitted by Charlie 
Lumm, but the tickertape mechanism 

was overlooked and the head had to be 


enlarged very close to the studio recording. 


The prop - constructed in three weeks - 
was propelled by a rear wheel drive on 
a chain motor, with a windscreen 

wiper motor steering the rear axle. K9 
was painted a dark gold which appeared 
gun-metal grey on screen. 

When casting, Goodwin originally 
considered James Balfour as the speaking 
Crewman and the Computer Voice, with 
stuntman Stuart Fell as the Nucleus 
operator and voice artiste Peter Hawkins 
pencilled in as the Virus Voice. Actor 
Geoffrey Collins was originally cast as 
Hedges, but his contract was cancelled on 
Thursday 7 April, with Kenneth Waller 
contracted in his place on Tuesday 
12 April. 

John Leeson, who previously worked with 
Goodwin in Repertory theatre, had met up 
again with Goodwin when the director had 
been in charge of OB recording on the Z 
Cars episode Rage in early 1977; the chance 
encounter in a pub led a few weeks later to 
Leeson being contracted for three episodes 


oe DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


as the voice of K9 on Thursday 17 March. 
He was later contracted to provide the voice 
of the Nucleus as well on Friday 25 March. 

Brian Grellis was an old friend of 
Goodwin's from the RAF. He had played 
the Vogan, Sheprah, in Revenge of the 
Cybermen [1975 - see Volume 23], and was 
now cast as Safran. 

Goodwin had previously worked with 
Michael Sheard on the Yorkshire sitcom 
Albert!. Cast as Supervisor Lowe, Sheard 
appeared in The Ark [1966 - see Volume 7], 
The Mind of Evil [1971 - see Volume 16] and 
Pyramids of Mars. Cast as Silvey, Jay Neill 
had worked with Goodwin before; he had 
also featured as a pikeman in The Masque 
of Mandragora. 

Because of the problems experienced 
by Doctor Who in terms of the tone of its 
scripts in late 1976, when he formally 
took over from Bill Slater as head of 
series and serials on Tuesday 1 February 
1977, Graeme McDonald paid particular 
attention to the series, reading and 
commenting on all scripts prior to 
production. On Monday 21 February, 


McDonald sent his comments to Williams 
regarding Parts Two and Three of the 

serial, noting: ‘Excellent pair of scripts 

with Leela well used. Hope Azimov [sic] 

and Twentieth Century Fox don’t sue for 
plagiarism. Two days later, McDonald 
sent a memo to Williams regarding the 
script of Part Four, asking in particular 

if K9 was being left behind or not on the 
Bi-Al asteroid. McDonald also queried 
why the Doctor did not simply destroy the 
virus with fire in the first place, and noted 
that the Doctor’s use of the antibodies 
was unclear. The head of serials and 
serials also hoped that there would be 

no sound on the Titan explosion, and 
asked ‘Couldn’t K9 have a few “bionic” 
tricks?’ On Wednesday 2 March, Williams 
replied to McDonald that he was keeping 
his options open on retaining K9 until 

he had seen a forthcoming visual effects 
demonstration of the prop; he did indeed 
have an alternative ending ready. As well 

as explaining about the virus’ need for a 

host, the producer also agreed that the 

Titan explosion would be silent. Rehearsal 
scripts for the serial were sent out the 


following day. 


llocated studio 6 at Television Centre 
A for both recording sessions of The 

Invisible Enemy, Graham Williams 
became aware that there were perceived 
issues with the new cameras that had 
recently been installed in the studio. As 
make-up designer Maureen Winslade 
explained in a memo to Williams on 
Monday 14 March, ‘The new cameras in 
TC6 still produce problems for make-up. 
One of the difficulties is the appearance 
of oversaturation of all colours, but 
particularly in the red area. Having arrived 
at the stage when a general flesh tone 


Pre-production 


was acceptable, we are now once again 
having to compensate for the cameras 
by applying more make-up, and in some 
cases, lighting the faces. In an attempt 
to address these concerns, Williams 
arranged for an experimental recording 
session to be held on the morning 


of Tuesday 22 March in Studio TC6. 


Following the session, Williams wrote 
to his superiors, saying: ‘I was present 
this morning at an experimental session 
with the costume designer, make-up 
supervisor, set designer and technical 
manager. They were all concerned as to 
the suitability of design materials used in 
other studios but possibly not acceptable 
in TC6. Having received an assurance... 
that no compatibility problem exists, I 
advised them to use the materials of their 
choice, proven by past means, without 
compromise for the real or supposed 
vagaries of TC6. 

The sound effects for the serial were 


Below: 
created, as usual, by Dick Mills of the The cloned 
BBC Radiophonic Workshop who had Doctor and 

‘ : fe, Leela are 
been assigned to the untitled serial in items 
February 1977. miniaturised, 


ee 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY a 


4 
y 


4% 


Ph 
oA 


aN 


+ 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMYy tsow 


ollowing overspends on many 
of Philip Hinchcliffe’s later 
serials, Graham Williams would 
be expected to keep within 

a restricted budget. Despite 
this, he decided to give a large 
financial allocation to his first serial 

in production, which he wanted to be 
visually impressive; The Invisible Enemy 
was the most expensive Doctor Who serial 
to date. Williams wanted much of this 
budget devoted to special effects, with 
cutbacks made on the cast. Consequently, 
Ian Scoones and his assistant Mat Irvine 
were able to use the facilities of the former 
Group Three effects stage at Bray Studios 
to shoot a week’s worth of effects footage, 
from Monday 28 March to Friday 1 April, 
which included space panoramas, shuttle 
material, shots of Titan Base and elements 
of the Doctor’s mind. Scoones’ vision 

of the Swarm hatching was inspired by 
the alien dome sequences in Quatermass II, 


se DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


4 


| atelevision documentary. 


which he had once recreated for 


Most of the models were made by 
Scoones and his assistants Steve Bowman 
and Andy Lazell, with Irvine making two 
versions of the shuttle miniature (which 
incorporated opening cargo bay doors 
inspired by the NASA Space Shuttle, 
the first of which had been unveiled in 
September 1976) to help out. A planet 
roller from Gerry Anderson’s Space: 1999 
was used for one of the model shots of the 


the working atmosphere on the show; at Left: 
this point, it was uncertain whether or The BEAl 
Foundation and 


not K9 would continue in the series. After Titan shuttle. 
rehearsals on Thursday 7 April, Leeson 

attended an experimental sound session to 

perfect the voices for K9 and the Nucleus 

' between 7pm and 8.30pm. Having seen 

the designs for K9, Leeson’s initial thought 

was to make the voice sound high-pitched, 

clipped and tinny, as if it was coming from 


shuttle. A lava lamp was shot through a a cheap transistor radio; seeing the tartan 
distorting mirror to simulate the interior collar on the design of the dog, the actor at 
of the Doctor’s mind. one point suggested using a Scots accent. 


Scoones prepared very detailed and 
involved storyboards for all the effects on 
the serial, and hired Nick Allder, a highly PAR 
experienced lighting cameraman, to ensure > See began on Sunday 10 April 


that the shooting on high quality 35mm with an evening session running 
stock was as good as possible. The model between 7.30 and 10pm; the 


i 


work required the use of a smoke effect as pressure was on, because Williams was not 
space vessels were attacked by the Swarm; | prepared to sanction expensive overruns. 
this was achieved by squirting Dettol The first scenes to be recorded were those b. 
into water and placing this over the in the shuttle; these scenes used CSO to 
main image. add backdrops seen through the windows 
Rehearsals on the serial began in room of the two-level set, on which Finglish 
403 of the BBC’s Acton rehearsal rooms on | signs, such as ‘Chek Presser Valv Beefor 
Wednesday 30 March, ending a six-week Entry’, were used along with stock panels 
holiday for stars Tom Baker and Louise which had previously featured in the 
Jameson since concluding work on The television series UFO. Anthony Rowlands’ 
Talons of Weng-Chiang. taped voice was heard as the Titan shuttle 
The radio-controlled K9 prop was not Captain computer. Part way through 
available for rehearsals as a cost-cutting taping, Grellis, Neill and Edmund Pegge 
measure; it had to be hired from the Visual had ‘infected’ make-up added. ‘Two Part 
Effects Department and necessitated the Four scenes, featuring the Nucleus aboard 
contracting of operator Nigel Brackley of the shuttle, were recorded next. 
the Radio Control Model Centre. Instead, One consequence of the expense devoted 
John Leeson threw himself into the part, to both K9 and the model effects was 
eventually crawling about on all fours in that the costume budget was very tight. 
place of the dog he would voice. Although Working from the scripted description 
they were very different people in taste - a prawn - costume designer Raymond 
and temperament, Leeson and Baker hit Hughes purchased a pint of prawns from 
it off and rapidly established a rapport a fishmonger’s, which he kept in a freezer 
partially because of their passion for the while completing his design sketches (he 
crossword puzzle in The Times, much to and his team later ate them). Hughes 
the relief of Jameson as this improved opted to use fibreglass for the main body, 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY — 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY =» sor s3 


The prawn- 
inspired 
Nucleus. 


which enclosed an operator kneeling 
on a wheeled trolley. A body cast was 
accordingly taken of actor John Scott 
Martin at a model studio in Highgate, 
over which Hughes crafted the Nucleus. 
The costume’s six arms were linked by 
wires and operated by Martin placing 
his arms in the top set. Its articulating 
tail would not be seen properly in the 
finished programme. A number of 
fibre-optic filaments, illuminated by 
bulbs, were placed inside the costume, 
which made it particularly hot and 
uncomfortable for Martin. In studio, the 


monster - referred to by the crew as “the 
pregnant prawn” - was difficult to move, 
and its arm mechanisms rattled noisily. It 
was also noticed that shards of fibreglass 
were coming adrift and sticking to the 
camera lenses. In addition, they caused 
health problems which necessitated those 
working with the Nucleus to be issued with 
masks covering the nose and mouth. 


Titan Base 


ecording, generally in story sequence, 

continued with the Part One scenes 

set on Titan Base, with the three 
relief crewmen entering the refuel station 
to hear another taped greeting from 
Rowlands, this time playing a crewman. 
The sequence in which Supervisor Lowe 
is pursued from his office through the 
rotating ‘Imurjinsee Egsit’ (Emergency 
Exit) was recorded next; the supervisor’s 
office incorporated monochrome monitors 
which could relay either film footage (the 
hatching, for example) or shots from other 
sets. The Visual Effects Department also 
provided the door lock which Meeker and 
Silvey cut through. For the scene in which 
the TARDIS materialises in the corridor, 
the usual roll-back-and-mix effect was 
employed. The windows of the base were 
constructed with a cyclorama some way 
behind them, so that Lowe could be seen 
on the Titan surface outside. The final 
recording of the evening was the sequence 
leading up to Lowe hiding in the ‘Kryojenics 
Sexshun’; the control panel beside the door 
to this had featured in the film Live and Let 
Die as well as earlier Doctor Who serials such 
as The Ark in Space {1975 - see Volume 22] 
and Planet of Evil [1975 - see Volume 24]. 
The blaster weapons ‘fired’ a superimposed 
red diamond - a time-consuming effect 
which needed to be carefully lined up by 
electronic effects expert AJ “Mitch” Mitchell. 


The second day, Monday 11 April, was 
afforded an afternoon recording session, 
from 2.30 to 5.30pm, in addition to the 
evening’s work. Work began with Part 
One’s mess room massacre sequence, and 
continued into the subsequent scene in the 
supervisor’s office. Sheard then went to 
make-up to have ‘frost’ added to his face | 
while the remaining Part One Titan Base 
scenes were recorded. Animated lightning 
was superimposed and flashed over the 
main picture as Safran and Meeker made 
‘contact’ with the Doctor. The infection 
make-up was added to Baker’s hand during 
a recording break prior to the last scene. 

Work continued into Part Two with a 
pre-recorded mental conversation between 
Baker and Leeson as the Doctor and the 
Nucleus respectively. During another 
recording break, Baker’s hand make-up 
was removed, this time during a locked-off 
camera shot to make the infection appear 
to fade away. Sheard was now similarly 
made-up for his remaining scenes, starting 
with those at the airlock. 

The Part Four Titan scenes, which saw 
the first use of K9, were recorded next. The 
K9 material was minimal - fortunately, 
as it was soon discovered that if the dog’s 
radio control operator was too close to 
the cameras or their cables, the signal not 
only distorted the picture but also sent the 


Production 


Left: 
Trapped in the 
Doctor's mind. 


prop out of control. Harding and assistant 
Andy Lazell found that the transmitters 
interfered with the cameras if their 

aerials were extended. Consequently they 
attempted to control K9 at very close range 
with the aerials down. When Tom Baker 
pulled K9 along with his scarf he sheared 
the gears on the prop and bent the axle. 
Harding spoke to production unit manager 
John Nathan-Turner about improvements 
he had in mind for the K9 prop should it 
become a regular feature of the series. 

With the actor seated in the corner 
of the studio and watching proceedings 
via a monitor, Leeson’s voices were 
recorded ‘live’. At first, Williams sought 
a small, clipped voice for K9; this Leeson 
attempted to achieve by making each 
word sound separate. However, this was 
deemed to sound menacing after the 
dialogue had been modulated by sound 
supervisor Michael McCarthy. Leeson 
was asked to perform the Nucleus voice 
in the manner of an ‘over-rich, gone-off 
Christmas pudding’. 

The blasts from K9’s nose gun proved 
time-consuming for Mitchell. It was also 
discovered that it was not possible to 
show K9 entering the TARDIS properly, 
and that clever camera angles would 
have to disguise this fact; 
the prop also had difficulty 
negotiating sill irons on sets. 
Furthermore, Baker found 
the K9 prop difficult to act 
with, demanding a low 
eyeline or him having 
to kneel which risked 
aggravating housemaid’s 
knee; he grew to dislike it, 
often kicking it when it failed 
to work in camera rehearsals. 

Recording overran by 55 
minutes, mainly due to the 
large amount of material that 


Connections: 

En garde 

® While verbally sparring 
with the Nucleus, the 
Doctor exclaims “Touché!” 
This is a traditional fencing 
term in which an opponent 


acknowledges a hit by his 
adversary and is commonly 
used during discussions 

to acknowledge a strong 
point of counter-argument 
by another person. 


J 
DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY se ‘ 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY 


Connections: 
Finglish 
® All the signage on the 


had to be recorded. The main 
problem with production 
had been the break-up in 
fibreglass material used for 
the Nucleus costume which 
meant that the studio had 
to be cleared and ventilated 
for safety reasons. The 
ventilation then made the 
preparation of smoke effects 
more time-consuming 

than anticipated. 

Recording on the 
afternoon and evening of 
Tuesday 12 April involved 
only Baker, Jameson, Sheard 
and Martin, and included 
all the scenes featuring the 
clones inside the Doctor’s 
body. The first shot was 
the CSO-effected Part Two 
cliffhanger showing the Doctor and 
Leela’s clones spinning away; the shot 
was placed over film of a water vortex. 
This was followed by more CSO scenes 
featuring the clones in the Doctor’s neural 
pathways, placed over caption graphics; 
for many of these scenes, the artistes 
wore radio mics so their voices could be 
modulated and echoed in studio. 

The sets for the interior of the Doctor’s 
brain were constructed from gauzes 


spaceships, Titan Base, 
and the Bi-Al Foundation 
is written in ‘Finglish, 
a phonetic version of 
English adapted by Bob 
Baker and Dave Martin 
and specified in the 
script. These included 
‘Kazyulti’ (Casualty); 
‘Entruns' (Entrance); 
‘Eqsit’ (Exit); ‘Wimin’ 
(Women), ‘Senta’ (Centre); 
‘Ordnans' (Ordinance); and 
‘Kryojenics Sexshun’ 
(Cryogenics 
Section). 


Right: ; 

oy, draped over hoops, with arteries made 
himself in Jablite and accompanying foliage 

at home. 


hired from Greenery. Four white weather 
balloons sprayed with ‘angel hair’ were 
thrown from out of shot by stagehands 
to simulate the phagocyte attack on Leela 
- an attack repelled when the Doctor 
touches two ganglia together, requiring 

a superimposed white star effect. More 
CSO was used for scenes showing the 
clones at the mind/brain interface; a wind 
machine was used to give the impression 
of a bracing breeze during the scene, 


se DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


which Baker and Jameson decided to 
play in the manner of Noél Coward’s 
1930 comedy Private Lives. With studio 
time running out during recording of the 
concluding brain scenes - in which the 
clones confront the Nucleus, and Leela 
attacks Lowe - there was little time to 
record the end of the confrontation scene 
as it had been planned, and consequently 
the broadcast version would be heavily 
trimmed. The intention was to have the 
Leela clone cradling the dying Doctor 
clone in her arms; this would then fade 
into nothing more than a pile of dusty, 
skeletal old clothes. The Leela clone 
would then go into convulsions on the 
floor and fade away itself, leaving only its 
knife and a lock of its hair. 

Rehearsals recommenced at Acton on 
Wednesday 13 April. Joining the cast for 
the second recording block was the serial’s 
main guest star, Frederick Jaeger, playing 
Professor Marius; this German-born 
actor had featured in The Savages [1966 
- see Volume 8] and in Planet of Evil. Roy 
Herrick, playing Parsons, had featured in 
The Reign of Terror [1964 - see Volume 3] 
and been a voice artist for The Face of Evil 
[1977 - see Volume 26]. 

Very shortly before recording, a number 
of Part Two lines between Doctor 2 and 


JX AR. 4.28 |e 


Leela, written to explain the clones’ 

nature (including the pun “I am the Doctor 
too”), were rewritten and given to K9. On 
Saturday 16 April, over the first weekend 
of rehearsals, Baker and Jameson travelled 
to the Longleat Doctor Who exhibition as | 
part of the Radio 1 Roadshow. 


he second recording block began 
T with an evening session in TC6 on 

Sunday 24 April. The TARDIS scenes 
for Parts One and Four were recorded 
in sequence first, using a new TARDIS 
control room set; Williams had felt that 
the Victorian control room introduced in 
The Masque of Mandragora had not been 
visually exciting enough and had asked 
designer Barry Newbery to create a new 
version, reverting to a ‘futuristic’ look 
and retaining the column which rose and 
fell at the centre of the console. Outside 
the main doors a set of black drapes were 
hung, suggesting a void between the 
interior and exterior doors; the scanner 
screen was now a CSO panel behind two 
manually operated, vertically sliding panels 
onto which images could be placed. The 
new set (which was meant to be smaller to 
take up less space in studio) was dressed 
with a carved wooden chair taken from 
the BBC’s prop store which had been seen 
in the series’ earliest episodes, and also 
a blackboard on which the right-handed 
Jameson wrote her character’s name using 
her left hand, to make it appear as though 
Leela was not used to writing. 

The original TARDIS console was taken 
out of storage and refurbished slightly. 
Columns were also added to link the 
roundelled wall sections together. 

Upon the Virus’ entry into the TARDIS, 
a flash charge on the console was 
detonated and a purple halo superimposed 


around Baker; the effect of ‘contact’ was Above: 
achieved by defocusing the camera and Marlusiarms 
himself. 


zooming in and out on Baker. After the 
Part One scenes, Jameson was made up 
with a fake ‘infection’ rash for early Part 
Four scenes. The CSO screen showed the 
infected Marius in the Bi-Al Reception 
area and later model footage of Titan 
Base exploding. 

The next set to be used was the 
Bi-Al Centre reception area. The nurse’s 
monitor screen used CSO to 
show a triple profile of the 
Doctor alongside the data 
she types in. Once again, 
Jameson needed infection 
make-up added for the scene 
early in Part Four where 
Leela rescued the Doctor 
from Lowe and the infected 
medics. The evening’s 
recording concluded with 
the scene in which K9 joined 
the Doctor at the end of the 
serial. With the production 
team still undecided over K9’s 
future, this scene would only 
be included if they elected to 
continue using the dog in the 
series; if not, the serial would 


Connections: 
Emerald Isle 

® When checking the 
unconscious Doctor in to 
the Bi-Al Foundation, Leela 
correctly gives the Doctor's 
place of origin as “Gallifrey’. 
The receptionist enquires 

if Gallifrey is in Ireland, and 
Leela tells her that she 
expects it is. This was the 
reuse of ajoke that Bob 
Baker and Dave Martin had 
inserted in their preceding 
Doctor Who adventure, The 
Hand of Fear [1976 - see 
Volume 25]. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 7 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY 


end with the TARDIS scene in which Leela 
tells the Doctor that they should now 
return K9 to Marius. By now, it was fairly 
certain that K9 would continue; the prop 
had been too well-built and expensive not 
to use again, and Williams favoured a non- 
human regular which could split storylines 
in different directions as required. 


25 April concentrated firstly on all 
the isolation ward (or isolayshun 

ward) scenes; publicity shots of the cast 
and K9 were taken on this day. Problems 
developed when Newbery asked to have 
the Perspex probe on the overhead 
analysis machine cut, since it was blocking 
out a CSO screen; when this was not 
undertaken, Newbery did the job himself, 
causing a minor demarcation dispute. 
Taping began with Baker in full infection 
make-up for scenes at the end of Part 
Two and throughout Part Three. The set 
incorporated a sliding examination bed, 
a cloning booth and several CSO screens, 
including one large version on which an 
image of Lowe threatening Marius was 
placed; smaller screens showed a digital 
clock counting down the clones’ 10-minute 
lifespan, stock film of blood cells under 
analysis and the Doctor’s hospital record. 
During a recording break, Jaeger was given 
infection make-up for the closing scenes 
of Part Three; CSO was used to make the 
Nucleus appear to grow in size inside the 
cloning booth at the climax of the episode. 
The cloning of the Doctor and Leela in 
Part Two was also recorded at this point, 
with a split screen roll-back-and-mix used 
to show both versions of the Doctor. 

As recording began on Part Four, Baker’s 
infection make-up was removed during a 
roll-back-and-mix shot with a locked-off 


T he afternoon and evening of Monday 


se DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


camera to show the Doctor being cured; 

a similar shot with Jaeger was recorded 
shortly afterwards. Recording then jumped 
back to Part Two, for all the scenes where 
the Doctor is not infected. A CSO plate 
was added to K9’s screen so that the output 
of an oscilloscope could be placed on the 
prop’s side as the dog scanned the Doctor. 
To simulate the shuttle’s impact with the 
Foundation, the camera was shaken and 
Baker fell off the examination couch onto 
an out-of-shot mattress. CSO was again 
used for the miniaturisation of the Doctor 
and Leela clones. After this, the final Part 
Four scene in the isolation ward was 
recorded. The rest of the evening was then 
spent on the scenes set on Level X4 (also 
inconsistently referred to as 4X), 

just outside the ward. These included 
Lowe’s infected party on Level 2X in Part 
Two; Leela holding off Lowe’s men on 

4X in Part Two and finally a Part Four 
corridor shot in which the disguised Leela 
sets about rescuing the Doctor. Recording 
overran by 15 minutes due to minor 
technical difficulties. 


Both afternoon and evening recording 
was scheduled for the final studio day, 
Tuesday 26. However, the afternoon 
appears to have been spent picking up 
on earlier material, meaning that the 
planned recording did not start until 
the evening, and ended up severely out 
of sequence. With studio time running 
short, the Part Three battle sequences 
at the X3/X4 corridor intersection had 
still to be recorded, beginning with 
K9 firing at a section of wall to create 
a barrier; this had apparently been 
attempted in the afternoon, but problems 
had developed with the K9 prop. For this 
reason, the shot was hurriedly remounted 


PRODUCTION 


6; Experimental session 
Mon 28 Mar - Fri Apr 77 Bray Studios: 


Model filming Studio 6: Doctor's Body - Bloodstream/ 
Sun 10 Apr 77 Television Centre Brain; Doctor Who's Mind 


Studio 6: Shuttle; Refuel Station/Titan; 


_ up-ended from the rear so that its probe 


Mon 11 Apr 77 Television Centre 

Tue 22 Mar 77 Television Centre Studio Studio 6: Mess Room; Supervisor's Office; 
Refuel Station/Titan; Corridor 

Tue 12 Apr 77 Television Centre 


Sun 24 Apr 77 Television Centre 
Corridor; Supervisor's Office Studio 6: TARDIS; Bi-Al Centre Reception 


without sufficient time for Newbery’s 
scenic crew to hide the pre-cut section 
of wall. Three more attempts were 
made; on one occasion, the wall 
‘collapsed’ before K9’s beam ‘fired’. 
For the scene in which K9 scanned the 
recovering Leela, the prop had to be 


could extend down far enough. John 
Leeson was now very much at home 
with the character of K9, and would 
deliver asides to the studio floor in the 
robot’s voice, such as “a very good try!” 
when consoling Jameson after one of 
several takes of the scene in which Leela 


I 
met Marius’ nurse (intended to be the The Nees i 
final scene recorded) went wrong. Some ventures ¥ 
; ithi into the F 
inserts of the Nucleus writhing were then 
macro world. 


recorded, following which work doubled 
back for scenes in the eye section for Part 
Two where the ophthalmologist and 
medic were ‘contacted’; actors Jim 
McManus and Pat Gorman had now 

had their make-up removed. 

Next, Roderick Smith and Kenneth 
Waller likewise performed their first 
corridor scene minus infection, followed 
by the crash scenes in the wrecked Level 
X3 corridor for Part Two. Recording 
ended shortly before 10pm with a shot 
of K9 moving along the corridor - and 
running straight into the camera. The 
crew applauded the prop’s performance, 
and Goodwin indicated that he had 
got enough on tape. 


Area; Corridor on Level X4 

Mon 25 Apr 77 Television Centre 

Studio 6: Isolation Ward X4; Corridor on 
Level X4; Corridor on Level X2 

Tue 26 Apr 77 Television Centre 

Studio 6: Eye Section; Corridor; Corridor 
onLevel X2; Corridor on Level X3; Corridor 
Junction X3/X4 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY se 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY 


Below: 
The Doctor 
needs a doctor. 


Post-production 


art One was edited on 

Friday 29 April, Part Two 

on Saturday 30 April, Part 
Four on Monday 2 May and 
Part Three on Tuesday 17 May. 
A few cuts were made to the 
finished episodes. 

Part One lost Safran reprimanding 
Meeker for costing them three minutes 
on the shuttle journey. “Going to be there 
six months, aren’t we?” asked Meeker, 
“Three minutes... Sorry, but you know 
Titan.” “What’s wrong with it? Easy life,” 
remarked Silvey. 

Part Two over-ran notably, even after 
a scene of the shuttle crash had been 
removed; in this, Parsons said that he can 
hear people screaming, but Marius insisted 
that the rescue operation was over and 
that the section should be cryogenically 
cocooned with helium pumps. This scene 
introduced the medic, played by Pat 
Gorman, who is sent to get the pumps - 
which is what he is doing at the end of 
the episode when taken over by Lowe and 


m1 DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


the others. There was also material with 
the Doctor talking to K9 and explaining 
to the robot that the more he attempted 
to think, the quicker he would succumb 
to attack from the virus - therefore he 
needed the computer to do his thinking 
for him and asked for a rundown on 
cloning techniques. 


art Four ran very short, but 
i nevertheless a few trims were made 
to it. After the Nucleus was removed 

from the Doctor, Marius attempted 
to reafhrm contact with him, but the 
lightning bounced back into his own 
eyes; the infected men then decided to 
take the Doctor back to Titan. A further 
cut was a small amount of material in 
which the recovered Marius attempted 
to recall recent events. Graham Williams 
also requested the removal of a couple of 
frames of a knifing at one point. 

Incidental music was provided, as 
usual, by Dudley Simpson; Simpson was 
also working on Target, for which Philip 
Hinchcliffe had requested his services. 
Simpson and six musicians recorded the 
music for Parts One and Two at the Lime 
Grove Television Music Studios between 
2.30pm and 5.30pm on Tuesday 17 May. 
The music for Parts Three and Four was 
recorded at the same times and venue on 
Wednesday 1 June. In total, approximately 
33 minutes of music was recorded for 
the story. 

First edits of the episodes were 
transmitted, apart from Part Three which 
was a second edit. 


Publicity 


» Promotional material for The Invisible 
Invader listed the story’s selling points 
as ‘some of the most ambitious model 
filming Doctor Who has ever achieved’ 
for the 5000 AD setting, and also 
the introduction of ‘one of the most 
imaginative assistants to the Doctor 
ever - a robot computer in the shape 
of a dog called ‘K9’, who will feature in 
other stories throughout the season’. 
By the time the Drama Early Warning 
Synopsis was issued, the title had 
become The Invisible Enemy, but a 
transmission date had yet to be set. 


® News about K9’s arrival on Doctor Who 
was leaked and an article by Stafford 
Hildred appeared in the Birmingham 
Evening Mail on Friday 10 June 1977; 


Post-production | Publicity 


The Doctor and Leela are 


; a joined this week by a y 
helping them in the fight against The Invisible Enemy <4 Who: es 


this indicated that the dog was a 
closely guarded secret. Similarly, no 
photographs of the ‘electronic dog’ had 
been released when Colin Willis’ story 
Who's a Good K-Nine Then! appeared in 
the Sunday Mirror on 4 September. 


» The main press activity came during 
the production of Underworld [1978 
- see Volume 28] in early October, 
while The Invisible Enemy was on air. 
Tom Baker and Louise Jameson took 
part in a publicity session around the 
BBC’s Acton rehearsal rooms with 
K9 on Thursday 6 October, two days 
in advance of the dog’s début on 
BBC1. John Leeson then went on to 
provide K9’s voice (without the ring 
modulator) during an edition of Blue 
Peter on Monday 10 October in which 
K9 met both presenter John Noakes 
and very excitable, flesh-and-blood 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY & 


Above: 
Radio Times 
reveals K9, 


Left: 

K9 meets 
John Noakes 
and Shep on 
Blue Peter. 


’ 


. 


h 
w 


a 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY 


A hug for K9—Dr. Who's computerised 


dog! 


mem~-— 
ber of the time-travelling © 
team yesterday—a moving, | 
talking, thinking, com- 
puterised dog. 


the BULC. say be be ne 
oruimary dog. The has an LQ | 
in exces tee and 6 oer 
yellous sense of humour, 


Popular 


im. Ue is tikely, im my view, 
to ethane aes popular thas 


Dr. Whe, actor Tom Baker, 
sald ; “KS ts @ great addition | 
| to the series, He may be 

mechaniral, bat he's very j 

man toe. 
ie ‘There’s always @ dancer” 
that you can gel upstaged 
a dox, but 1 dowt think be 
will be any challenge to Dr. 
Who.” 


dog | 
Eo aa 


= 


Above: 

Louise Jameson 
introduces 

K9 tothe 

press in the 
Daily Express 
on Friday 7 
October 1977, 


Right: 
Crosse & 
Blackwell's 
Doctor Who 
promotion 
from 1977. 


dog, Shep. The Radio Times cast list 

for Part Two was accompanied by a 
publicity shot of the Doctor, Leela and 
K9. The serial was promoted on BBC1 
by a 21-second trailer of clips at 
6.39pm on Saturday 24 September, 
following Horror of Fang Rock Part Four; 
a similar version was aired at 10.43am 
on the day of The Invisible Enemy Part 
One’s transmission. 


® A picture of the Nucleus - AKA ‘the 
pregnant prawn’ - appeared in the 
Daily Mail on Saturday 1 October. 


® On Tuesday 4 October, Graham 
Williams wrote to visual effects 
designer Ian Scoones to break the bad 
news that Radio Times would only allow 
one credit for visual effects, and he was 
allocating this to Scoones’ colleague 
because of his work on K9. 


» The Daily Mail ran the item Heaven 
scent... Dr Who’s K9 companion on Friday 


Gas DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


7 October, printing one of the publicity 
shots of Tom Baker and Louise Jameson 
with the robot taken the previous day 
and introducing the Doctor’s ‘new best 
friend’; the item Top Posers also noted 
that K9 had an IQ of 300 and that 
John Leeson had set questions for the 
BBC1 high-brow quiz show Mastermind. 
Meanwhile, The Guardian offered a shot 
of the cast ‘peering anxiously round 
alamppost’ and a similar item of ‘Dr 
Who’ and ‘Leeza’ appeared under the 
title K-9 Ps2 in the Daily Mirror. 


¥ Concurrent with the serial’s 


transmission in October, the food 
manufacturer Crosse & Blackwell 

ran a promotion using Doctor Who in 
association with its baked beans; a cut- 
out cardboard TARDIS activity book 
was available to customers. 


tegether with Dr Whe - ame sat up a wper tame wgneea “4 — 


thee Mery yow'e he heer der — wre Hare aca! Crome ® Styhews Sr Whe’ ata 


7 
{TOR fet B08 oun phe on Appticacion Form oo wih thave pp lone SU 


SSSA AA. 


Publicity | Broadcast 


Broadcast 


® Ratings for The Invisible Enemy saw a 
slight drop on those for Horror of Fang 
Rock. A changed time slot put the show 
up against a variety of competition on 
ITV. In London, LWT, Southern and 
Yorkshire it was placed against quiz 
shows like Masterspy, Mr & Mrs and 
the talent show New Faces; ATV and 
Granada ran fantasy movies like Escape 
from the Planet of the Apes and feature- 
length episodes of a new American 
science-fiction series, Man from Atlantis. 


® Stanley Reynolds of The Times 
commented on the serial on Monday 10 
October, with specific reference to how 
the ‘sex symbol’ of Leela was immune 
to the virus due to her savage nature; 
he also noted that the character was 
not striking a blow for Women’s Lib but 
was fulfilling the same function for the 
dads as the dancers on Top of the Pops. 
On Thursday 13, Time Out found Part 
One to be a disappointing start - and 
on Thursday 27 indicated the serial was 
one of ‘the weakest for a long time’. 


» Tom Baker was interviewed in The 
Sun by Liz Prosser on Monday 17 
October and discussed his tours of 
Blackpool and Preston and various 
visits to children’s hospitals. These were 
increasingly important for the star who 
commented: “Doctor Who has brought 
me so much, the least I can do is make 
this romantic hero useful where it really 
matters.” K9 then made an appearance 
at a Winalot event on Friday 21 
October and appeared on LBC Radio. 


i ae eations <== 
® The Doctor Who Exhibitions run by Above: 


BBC Enterprises were promoted by TipnBipme 


a caption slide and announcement at 
the end of Part Two, while the BBC 
Records single of the theme tune was 
similarly featured after Part Three. Part 
Four was given only a 20-minute slot 
as opposed to the usual 25 and was 
followed by a trailer for Image of the 
Fendahl [1977 - see page 82]. 


» On Monday 24 October, Shaun Usher 


of the Daily Mail thought the final 
episode to be ‘positively crammed 
with incident’, praising Tom Baker’s 
approach to the role, mentioning the 
authors’ debt to Fantastic Voyage and 
including comments from Williams 
about K9. 


® The Thursday 27 October edition 


of Radio Times included a letter from 
reader Amanda Jones who asked how 
the clones of the Doctor, Leela and 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY (es) 


fe > 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY 


Lowe had been fabricated, complete 
with clothes. Williams responded by 
emphasising the line of dialogue in Part 
Two which stated that the ‘Kilbracken 
technique’ was not ‘true’ cloning, but 

a three-dimensional photograph (the 
line had apparently been inserted 

into the script precisely to get around 


Right: this problem). The production office 
The Doctor received a considerable amount of fan 
free mail for K9, which made Tom Baker 
of infection. 
somewhat jealous. 
® The Invisible Enemy was sold to many 
_ } Ian Scoones was amazed to discover broadcasters in other territories, 
that the establishing shots of the including New Zealand, Mexico, 
undamaged hospital were not used Nicaragua, Honduras, Costa Rica, 
in the broadcast edit of Part Two Australia, and the United States. In 
and presumed that the film had been Australia the story was passed for 
unusable in some way. screening with a G rating only once the 
knifing of Meeker by Leela had been 
® The Invisible Enemy was one of two removed from Part One. 
serials selected for a repeat on 
Thursday evenings the following » UK Gold transmitted the serial in 
summer. Viewing figures for the episodic form from February 1994, 
reruns, opposite the popular soap with compilation broadcasts from 
opera Crossroads and the sitcom March 1994. BBC Prime screened the 
Leave It To Charlie, were generally low. story in November/December 1998. 


ORIGINAL TRANSMISSION 


EPISODE DATE TIME CHANNEL DURATION RATING (CHART POS) APPRECIATION INDEX 
PartOne Saturday 1 October 1977 6.15pm-6.40pm BBC1 23'09" 8,6M (40th) 
Part Two Saturday 8 October 1977 6.05pm-6.30pm BBC1 25'13" 7.3M (55th) 


Part Three Saturday 15 October 1977 6.10pm-6.35pm BBC1 23'28" 7.5M (65th) 
Part Four Saturday 22 October 1977 6.10pm-6.30pm BBCI 2122" 8.3M (50th 60 


REPEAT TRANSMISSION 


PartOne’ Thursday 13 July 1978 7.00pm-7.25pm BBCI 24'59" 4.9M (60th 
Part Two? Thursday 20 July 1978 7.00pm-7.25pm BBC1 24'57" 5.5M (76th) 
PartThree! = Thursday 27 July1978 7.00pm-7.25pm BBC1 24'57" 5.1M (81st) 
Part Four’ Thursday 3 August 1978 7.00pm-7.25pm BBC1 24'57" 6.8M (35th 


‘Not broadcast by BBC Cymru. Heddiw scheduled instead 


= SE = = 7 


am DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


Merchandise 


ick Mills’ sound effects of the 
cloning and miniaturisation 
booth and the Doctor’s mind 
appeared on a May 1978 
BBC LP and cassette, Doctor 
Who Sound Effects; this was 
later reissued on CD by AudioGO in 
February 2012 and on vinyl in April 2012 
by AudioGO and Discovery Records as 
part of Record Store Day. The shuttle 
landing sequence could be heard on the 
July 1993 CD Doctor Who: 30 Years at the 
Radiophonic Workshop 
while the sound effect 
of the Doctor’s mind 
reappeared on the 
11-CD set Doctor Who: 
The 50th Anniversary 
Collection from Silva 
Screen in September/ 
November 2014. 

Terrance Dicks 
novelised the scripts 
wee as Doctor Who and 

SM the Invisible Enemy, 
3) which was published 
=~ simultaneously as a 
Target paperback and 
a WH Allen hardback in March 1979, with 
a cover painting by Roy Knipe; latterly it 
would be numbered Book No 36 in the 
‘Target range. 

The sound effect of the Swarm hatching 
was included on the BBC Sound Effects 
LP and cassette No 16: Disasters in 1977. 
Harlequin Miniatures issued a Nucleus 
figure in 2000. 

Postcards of K9 from The Invisible Enemy 
were issued by Larkfield Printing in 1978. 
Prints of paintings based on BBC visual 


TERRANCE DICKS 


| original design work for 
_ The Invisible Enemy were 


Broadcast | Merchandise 


effects designer Ian Scoones’ 


available from Spacescapes 

in 1994. A limited number 

of 2,000 signed A2 prints 
were issued. A stamp cover 
featuring the Dalek stamp 
and showing a collage of images ron 

The Invisible Enemy were signed by Louise 

Jameson. A limited 1,000 covers were made 

available by the Stamp Centre in May 2002. 
The Invisible Enemy was released on BBC 

Video in September 2002. The BBC DVD 

box set entitled K9 Tales was released in 

June 2008. The set included The Invisible 

Enemy. The accompanying extras were: 

» Commentary with actors Louise Jameson and 
John Leeson, visual effects designer Mat Irvine 
and co-writer Bob Baker 

» Dreams and Fantasy: Making 
The Invisible Enemy - artistes 
and production crew recall the 
making of this story With actors 
Louise Jameson and John Leeson, 
director Derrick Goodwin, 
co-writer Bob Baker, visual effects 
designers Tony Harding and Mat 
Irvine, KS operator Nigel Brackley, 
and journalist Gary Gillatt 

» Studio Sweepings -behind 
the scenes on the recording 
of the story, courtesy of a 
timecoded Shibaden videotape 
recorded for production use 

» Visual Effects: The Modelwork of The 
Invisible Enemy - visual effects designer 
Mat Irvine meets up with lan Scoones at Bray 
Studios to talk about the visual effects for The 
Invisible Enemy and other stories 


7: 
wr 
” 


¥ 
ys 
: 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 6 


Above 

and below: 
Video and 

DVD covers for 
The Invisible 
Enemy. 


Ph S 


@) : 
The TOM BAKER Years 1974-814 


Far left: 
Roy Knipe's 
cover for 
the Target 
novelisation. 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY =» stv 


Right: 
Denys Fisher's 
K9 toy. 


» Blue Peter - K9 meets John Noakes and Shep 
in this extract from the long-running children’s 
magazine show from Monday 10 October 1977 

) CGI Effects - this gives the viewer the option 
to watch the story with many of the original 
video effects sequences replaced by 
CGI versions 

» Trailers and continuity 

» Photo gallery 

) Easter Egg - Larry Grayson’s Generation Game 
with K9 from Saturday 14 October 1978 

} Radio Times Listings in Adobe PDF format 

») Subtitle production notes 

Initial copies of the DVD contained 

an authoring error which affected Part 

Three - the final scene and the end titles 

played in the wrong order. As a result, a 

replacement disc was swiftly produced. 

The two different versions can be identified 

by the catalogue number on the artwork 

side of the disc, to the right of the central 
hub. The original is ‘BBCDVD2799’, while 

the corrected version is ‘BBCDVD2799 - A’. 

GE Fabbri’s Doctor Who — DVD Files featured 


Far right: 
Corgi’s 30th 
Anniversary 
K9 model. 


Below: 

Palitoy’s Talking 
K9, and Dapol's 
infamous green 
model, 


76 QOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


The Invisible 
Enemy in issue 
133 in February 
2014. 

Many models, toys 
and miniatures of K9 have been made 
commercially available since his début in 
The Invisible Enemy. As part of its range of 
Doctor Who action figures, Denys Fisher 
Toys released a scale model of K9 with 
friction action drive wheels in 1978. Also 
released in 1978 was a talking K9 from 
Palitoy, which played different K9 phrases 
(voiced by John Leeson) when the control 
panel on the model’s back 
was depressed. A metal 
miniature of K9 was 
released in 1984 by Fine 
Art Castings, and a further 
metal miniature, this 
time from Citadel Miniatures, 
was released in 1985. In 1988, Dapol 
released a K9 action toy. However, due to 
a mistaken interpretation of the lighting 
on the reference photographs used to 
craft it, the toy was coloured dark green. 

A more correctly coloured grey version 
was released later the same year. In 1996, 
further colour variations were released by 
Dapol - blue, gold and silver, as well as a 
new grey version with ‘20th anniversary’ 
written on its side. Further variations were 
released by Dapol in subsequent years. 
Sevans Models released 

a K9 model kit in 1987, and 
a full-size replica K9 was 
available from This Planet 
Earth in 1995. Genesis 
Products released a K9 
garage kit in 1996. 


CAST 


Frederick Jaeger................ Professor Marius [2-4 
Michael Sheard. 


Anthony Rowlans............::.c 


Roy HeEmnick nomennoomsamumnnan 


Elizabeth Norman............005 Marius’ Nurse [ 
Nell CuUrraln........ccccccssses Reception Nurse [2 
JOHN LEO@SON Qin Nucleus Voice 
JOHN LEE@SON ccs K9 Voice [ 
Jim McManus... Ophthalmologist 
Roderick SMITH. Cruikshank 


Kenneth Waller 
Pat GOP MAN siisisiescrcovnaacinsine 
John Scott Martin............0.cn 


Also appears in Part Two, uncredited 


Merchandise | Cast and credits 


Cast and credits 


| UNCREDITED 
| Anthony Rowland6.............005 Computer Voice 
Leela Stuart Myers, Harry Fielder.............05 Crewmen 


Alan Clements, Derek Hunt, Leslie Bates, 
Kenneth Sedd, Cy Town, Margot Gordon........ 
PRETO iii sncicanirernon Bi-Al Members 


CREDITS 
Written by Bob Baker and Dave Martin 
Incidental Music by Dudley Simpson 
Special Sound: Dick Mills 
Production Assistant: Norman Stewart 
Production Unit Manager: John Nathan- Turner 
Lighting: Brian Clemett 
Sound: Michael McCarthy 
Visual Effects Designers: lan Scoones, 
Tony Harding 
Film Cameraman: Nick Allder 
Costume Designer: Raymond Hughes 
Make-Up Artist: Maureen Winslade 
Script Editor: Robert Holmes 
Designer: Barry Newbery 
Producer: Graham Williams 
Director: Derrick Goodwin 
BBC © 1977 
Left: 


Cast and crew 
prepare on set. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY & 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY 


Right: 
John Leeson 
with Sally 
Thomsett 
in Comedy 
Playhouse: 
Marry the 


Girls in 1973, 


Profile 


KS voice 


eeson - real name John Francis 
Christian Ducker - was born 
16 March 1943 in Leicester 
into an ecclesiastical family. 
His father Reverend (later 
Canon) Eric Ducker was vicar 
of St Margaret’s Church, Leicester and his 
grandfather had been a Derbyshire vicar. 
Mother Barbara (née Payne) had married 
his father in 1932 and her father had in 
turn been a Canon. 

Sister Alison was nine years his elder. The 
Duckers had also housed Elise Richter, a 
five-year-old refugee from Nazi-occupied 
Austria, from 1939-43 but she was reunited 
with her family the year John was born. 

Raised in St Margaret’s reputedly haunted 
vicarage, on leaving school Leeson worked 
in a bookshop. His father was hospital 
chaplain at Leicester Royal Infirmary and 
found him a hospital porter’s job. 

After exploring his acting ambitions with 
the amateur Leicester Dramatic Society 
based at The Little Theatre, he plucked up 
courage to successfully audition for RADA, 
where he studied from 1962-4. He adopted 
the stage name Leeson after a wealthy 
godmother he suspected was paying him 
through his studies. 

On graduating he found rep work 
with a summer season at Frinton-on- 

Sea, enjoying later stints at Colchester, 
Birmingham, Newcastle and Nottingham 
Playhouse. His first London stage work 
came at Westminster Theatre, where he 
met his future wife while appearing in Toad 
of Toad Hall. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


LSPS NS 


More London work included Baptista 
in The Taming of the Shrew (1966, Lincoln’s 
Inn Theatre), Eric Swash in Flint (1970, 
Criterion) and Norman in Don’t Start 
Without Me (1971, Garrick Theatre). For 
Neil Simon’s Plaza Suite (1969, Lyric 
Theatre), a three-play comedy, he played 
a bell-hop in the opening play and a 
bridegroom in the third. During its run he 
married Judith Griffiths, a BBC producer’s 
assistant, on 2 August 1969. As Judy 
Ducker, she became a BBC props buyer 
and is now a movie production buyer. 

Leeson had meanwhile made his TV 
début in Sunday Godslot musical Meeting 
Point, aired 21 February 1965. Subsequent 
roles came as French hippy Henri de 
Burgoyne in Crossroads, from December 
1967-January 1968, and in BBC2 WWI 
serial The Spanish Farm (1968). He was also 
an occasional BBC continuity announcer. 

Small TV drama parts followed in The 
Doctors (1970), Take Three Girls (1971) and 
costume piece Private Affairs (1975) but 
he made greater inroads in sitcom roles 


. AA REN 


in Dear Mother... Love Albert (1969), Dad’s 
Army (1969), On The House (1970), My Wife 
Next Door (1972) and two Comedy Playhouse 
entries Marry the Girls (1973) and The 
Reverent Wooing of Archibald (1974). 

Voice work included historical 
documentary Pioneers of Photography 
(1975) and reading Radio 4’s Morning Story 
(1975). One early television narration job 
perhaps signposted Leeson’s future; a BBC 
countryside documentary entitled One Man 
and His Dog (1972). 

The same year, 1972, Leeson assumed 
an iconic TV animal role as the original 
Bungle bear in pre-school lunchtime 
classic Rainbow. The original, rather 
startled-looking Bungle outfit proved a 
sweltering experience. He was Bungle for 
a year, without being seen and thus 
avoided being typecast, while Judy took 
time off to have a child. Son Guy Ducker 
arrived autumn 1972, and would become 
a film-maker and movie editor. 

The resourceful Leeson also found work 
question-setting for TV quiz Mastermind, 
devising over 20,000 questions. A keen 
photographer, he also took studio portraits 
for actors’ directory Spotlight. 

TV work in 1977 included Headmaster, 
The Foundation and Crown Court but for his 
most famous role he would not be seen on 
screen at all. 

Leeson came to Doctor Who via Derrick 
Goodwin, a pal from his Nottingham 
Playhouse days. Leeson bumped into 
Goodwin, who was filming episodes of 
Z Cars, in a pub in Ealing and went for 
drinks. After angling for work, Leeson 
later received a phone call from his agent, 
offering him two voice parts in The Invisible 
Enemy, playing both the Swarm and a 
robot dog. Leeson explained to Doctor Who 
Magazine’s Matt Adams in 2015 how he 
saw the character: “I had always envisaged 
K9 as an updated version of the commedia 


dell‘arte model of the 
loyal but wily servant who 
knows more than his 
errant master.” 

Producer Graham 
Williams provided one key 
steer, as Leeson recalled 


to Philip Newman of 4 r 
Doctor Who Magazine in 1995: “Graham eS 
had this idea that he wanted this amazing ’ 


computer, which could bat out all sorts of 
information in a nanosecond, to have a 
little voice that sounded as if it came out 
of an elliptical speaker in a Woolworths 
transistor radio!” 

He provided K9’s voice live into studio 
recordings, watching relayed monitor 
pictures off set. He used a clipped 
phrasing, with his voice treated by a 
ring modulator device, although the 
modulation lessened as time went on. The 
actor was even more involved at rehearsals, 


"scurrying round on all fours to take K9’s 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY a 


Above: 

John Leeson 

in The Spanish 
Farmin 1968, 


Right: 

Guest starring 
as Toisein 

the Blake's 7 
episode Gambit 
in1979, 


place. This helped bring the character to 
life and created a rapport with co-star Tom 
Baker, who loathed K9 but was very fond 
of Leeson. 

Leeson summed up K9’s appeal in 
2015: “He was an equivalent of a cuddly 
toy that is strange and remote and 
unpredictable - which kids love, so 
I assumed that he was kept on simply 
to draw in a younger audience.” 

Soon feeling he had done all he could 
with the part, Leeson left after the 1978/9 
series, concerned that his face being off the 
screen made it seem he was out of work. 
This was not before he played the more 
visible Dugeen in The Power of Kroll [1978/9 
- see Volume 30], a role taken as part of his 
K9 contract. 


r SS ee 


A busy ‘gap year’ saw him play Toise in 
Blake’s 7 episode Gambit (1979) (he had 
briefly appeared in earlier Blake’s 7 episode 
Mission to Destiny in 1978) and provide the 
voices of Jigg, Pterry the Pterodactyl and 
Biggum the giant in children’s puzzle show 
Jigsaw (1979). Other TV appearances came 
in sitcom Rings on Their Fingers (1979) and 
costume drama Prince Regent (1979). There 
was a film role in Tarka the Otter (1979) 
and stage play See How They Run (1979/80, 
Taunton Brewhouse). 

Replaced by David Brierley as the voice 
of K9 for the 1979/80 series, Leeson was 
invited to return for the 1980/81 series, 
with the proviso that the character would 
now be written out. Leeson’s K9 returned 
in The Leisure Hive [1980 - see Volume 32] 
before departing in Warriors’ Gate [1981 
- see Volume 33]. K9’s celebrity saw a 
number of promotional TV appearances, 
voiced by Leeson, including Blue Peter 
(1977), The Generation Game (1981) and 
Pebble Mill at One (1981). 

Despite being written out of Doctor Who, 
K9 quickly returned to screens in pilot- 
cum-Christmas-special K9 and Company: 

A Girl’s Best Friend (1981) but despite good 
ratings, no series was forthcoming. 

A further K9 cameo came in The Five 
Doctors |1983 - see Volume 37]. Leeson was 
even roped into PA announcer duties at 
1983’s massive Longleat Doctor Who event. 

Leeson provided one other voice to the 
series, playing the Dalek battle computer 
in Remembrance of the Daleks {1988 - see 
Volume 44]. 

Other TV work in the 1980s included 
comedies Sorry! (1981), Whoops Apocalypse 
(1988) and “Allo ‘Allo (1989), schools 
programme Up and Down the Hill (1982), 
game show The Great Egg Race (1985), 
and dramas The Barretts of Wimpole Street 
(1982), The Brief (1984), Wilde biopic Oscar 
(1985), Tucker’s Luck (1985) and Shadow of 


the Noose (1989). He was part of the team 
of improvising pranksters duping the 
public in stunts on both Game For a Laugh 
(1981-5) and Beadle’s About (1986-96). He 
also became a Channel Four continuity 
announcer for a decade from 1987. 


More recent roles have included The Bill 
(1993), Minder (1994), Bugs (1995), Vanity 
Fair (1998), Longitude (2000), Doctors (2001) 
and ChuckleVision (2007). 

He branched out into writing, 
collaborating with Anthony Marriott 
on stage comedies Under the Bench and 
Nipped in the Bud and drama What'll the 
Neighbours Say? 

Thinking by the mid-80s 
that K9 was a thing of the past, 
Leeson soon found himself 
reprising K9 for both schools 
programme Search Out Science 
(1990) and Doctor Who 30th 
anniversary Children in Need 
sketch Dimensions in Time (1993). 
Elsewhere in the worlds of Doctor 
Who, Leeson also appeared as a DJ 
in independent video production Downtime 
(1995) and as the Prosecutor in charity 
stage production The Trial of Davros (2005S). 

K9 finally returned to the revived series 
in School Reunion [2006 - see Volume 52} 
and cameo’d in The Stolen Earth/Journey’s 
End [2008 - see Volume 60]. 


te ee DOCTOR WH 


JOHN" 
LEESON 


TWEAKING THE TAIL 
An Antobirprapy 


Profile 


Left: 

Leeson 
appeared in 
person in The 
Power of Kroll 
in 1978/9 


K9 also featured regularly in The Sarah 
Jane Adventures (2007-10), although his 
appearances were limited since another 
K9 show, outside of Doctor Who canon, 
was also in the planning stages. Children’s 
series K9 was made in Australia in 2010. 
Utilising a new CGI K9, Leeson used a 
slightly modified electronic treatment 
and performance. For all these post-2005 
credits, Leeson’s contributions were dubbed 
in post-production. 

Leeson’s K9 guested on Blue Peter (2006), 
The Weakest Link (2007), Pointless Celebrities 
(2013) and Stargazing Live (2013/14). He 
also cameo’d in 50th anniversary comedy 
The Five(ish) Doctors Reboot (2013). 

K9 appearances in the audio medium 
began with two BBV plays alongside ‘the 
Mistress’ (Lalla Ward) entitled Adventures in 
a Pocket Universe (1999) and he also featured 
in an Eighth Doctor webcast version of 
Shada (2003). His first Big Finish audio 
was Zagreus (2003) and since then Leeson/ 
K9 have featured in the Gallifrey series 
(2004-6, 2011, 2013) and a run of Fourth 
Doctor adventures since 2013. He also 
contributed to CD readings of the 1980s 

Adventures of K9 books (2013). 
' Leeson has developed a second 
career as a food writer and 
educator. He is an accredited 
lecturer for The Wine Education 
Service, speaking at corporate 
events and on cruise liners. His 
third career was as a magistrate, 
having served as a Justice of the 
} Peace for 25 years since 1990. 
Leeson twice stood unsuccessfully 
for election to Ealing Council, standing 
for the Liberal Democrats in the Perivale 
constituency in 2002 and 2010. 

His autobiography The Flight of the 
Budgerigar (2011, Hirst Publishing) was 
revised and republished as Tweaking the Tail 
(2013, Fantom Films). Mf 


Left: 

Leeson's 
autobiography, 
published 

in 2013, 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY as 


“f 4 
ee 5. w 


IMAGE OF 
THE FENDARL 


> STORY 94 


Arriving at Fetch Priory in the English 
countryside, the Doctor and Leela discover 
that dark forces are gathering. Attempts to 

unlock the secrets of a SRull that predates the 
birth of man release the Fendahl, an ancient 
evil that could destroy the world. 


© DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


rll comPLeTe HisToRY 


+o 
COs - s : ‘et *, 


a 
_ - aN —_ \ 
~ a” > % 
IMAGE OF THE FENDI) ile as Ss 
* . 
y om ( Ln # Bethy) : , 
a < 4 


Sea Cael 
2) pocror wHo | THE COMPLETE HISTORY, 


ntroduction 


n The Talons of Weng-Chiang [1977 
- see Volume 26] the Doctor 
promised Leela that he’d teach 
her a bit about her ancestors. 
Perhaps this is why the stories 
from the 1977/8 series that are 
covered in this volume show such great 
interest in our own solar system. In quick 
succession, The Invisible Enemy took us to 
Saturn’s moon Titan; Image of the Fendahl 
revealed that there was once a planet 
between Mars and Jupiter; and The Sun 
Makers took us into the future where the 
downtrodden human race have ended up 
at the edge of the solar system on Pluto. 
For the most part, however, Image of the 
Fendahl is set on late twentieth-century 
Earth. It’s a spooky tale that centres on 
what seems to be a 12-million-year-old 
human skull. The skull eventually turns 
scientist Thea Ransome into the Fendahl 
Core, and she turns others into Fendahleen 
- giant, writhing, snake-like creatures that 
feed on the life force of others. The Doctor 
describes the Fendahl as “death itself”. 
The Fendahl originated on a missing 
planet beyond Mars. It posed such a 
threat that the Doctor’s own people 
destroyed the planet and set up a time 
loop that concealed any sign of the planet’s 
existence. When the Time Lords were first 
introduced in The War Games [1969 - see 
Volume 14] we discovered that this kind of 
intervention was a terrible crime in their 
society. They did concede, however, that 
there might be some cases were action was 
needed. In a cynical move, they then used 
the Doctor to do their dirty work - most 
ly when they plotted to erase the 
in Genesis of the Daleks 


| [1975 - see Volume 23]. In State of Decay 
i [ 


1980 - see Volume 33] - a story originally 


planned for the 1977/8 series - the Doctor 


describes how the Time Lords thought 
they'd annihilated the Great Vampire. So 
the action they took against the Fendahl 
wasnt totally out of character. The Trial 
of a Time Lord [1986 - see Volume 42] 
expands on the Time Lords’ interest in our 
solar system. Not only did they attempt to 
remove any trace of the Fendahl’s planet, 
but to protect their own secrets they 
would eventually move Earth and its entire 
constellation billions of miles across space. 
Image of the Fendahl could easily stand 
on its own as a gripping horror story, 
but it also contributes to the series’ 


broader mythology. & 


Left: 

The Time Lords 
frown upon 
interfering in 
the affairs of 
other worlds. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY © 


IMAGE OF THE FENDAHL 9» sr 4 


PART ONE 


namanor house, three scientists, 

Adam Colby, Thea Ransome and 

Max Stael, discuss a mysterious skull 
that was buried eight million years before 
the human race existed. 

Outside, night has fallen. A hiker walks 
through the woods. 

Max meets Doctor Fendelman in his 
laboratory and together they begin 
atest. In the geology room, the skull 
begins to glow. Thea falls under its spell... 
and outside, the hiker is attacked by a 
slithering monstrosity. [1] 

In the TARDIS, the Doctor is busy 
repairing K9. The control room suddenly 
lurches as the ship is dragged towards a 
hole in time created by a time scanner. 
The Doctor traces the source of the 
scanner to Earth; he has to stop it being 
used or the planet will be destroyed. 

The next morning, Adam discovers the 
body of the hiker. Fendelman dissuades 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


him from calling the police - they don’t 
need the publicity. [2] 

The TARDIS lands and the Doctor and 
Leela are greeted by cows in a field. [3] 

Max tells Fendelman the results of 
the post-mortem on the hiker. He can’t 
identify the cause of death but the body 
is decomposing rapidly. 

Leela accosts Ted Moss, a man employed 
by the council to cut the verges. [4] He tells 
the Doctor about “strangers” at the Priory. 

Mitchell, the security team leader, tries 
to prevent old Martha Tyler, the cook, 
from coming into the Priory. [5] He 
informs Adam and Thea that nobody 
can enter or leave without Fendelman’s 
authorisation. Adam enters Fendelman’s 
lab and is surprised to see it is packed 
with advanced computers. 

As night falls, the Doctor and Leela 
are separated in the woods. Fendelman 


activates the time scanner and a slithering 
entity advances towards the paralysed 
Doctor. Leela approaches a cottage and 

is fired at with a shotgun... [6] 


PART TWO 


eela ducks to avoid the shot and 

grabs the gun from its owner, Ted 

Moss. It turns out she has found her 
way to Martha’s cottage. But then Leela is 
disarmed by Martha’s grandson Jack. [1] 

The Doctor wills his legs to move and 
escapes the slithering monstrosity. 

Adam discovers Thea in Fendelman’s 
laboratory in a trance-like state. Hearing 
a scream, Adam rouses Thea from her 
reverie and they run to the kitchen, 
where they find Mitchell lying dead. 
Thea collapses. The Doctor appears 
and warns Adam not to touch Thea, as 
some embryonic Fendahleen manifest 
on her body before fading away. [2] 
Fendelman and Max arrive with some 
security guards and lock the Doctor in 
a storeroom. 

Leela elbows Ted in the ribs and he 
leaves. Jack thinks Ted is a nasty piece of 
work and involved in “the old religion”. 


The Doctor is surprised when the 
storeroom door swings open. 

Adam tries calling the police but finds 
the line has been disconnected. He tells 
Fendelman he thinks he is mad. “In that 
case, you are hardly behaving in a manner 
conducive to your own safety,’ Fendelman 
replies. He explains that he believes the 
skull is extraterrestrial in origin, the alien 
ancestor of the human race. [3] 

Martha returns to her cottage in a state 
of shock. She tells Leela and Jack she saw 
something in her mind that was “hungry 
for my soul”. [4] 

Ted sneaks into the Priory and confirms 
to Max that the coven is prepared. 

Fendelman takes Adam to his laboratory 
and shows him an x-ray of the skull, which 
contains a pentagram, which he believes is 
storing a vast amount of energy. [5] 

Max overpowers Thea, calling her “the 
chosen one”. 

The Doctor enters the geology room 
and places his hand on the skull - and is 
paralysed in agony! [6] 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


87 


IMAGE OF THE FENDAHL =» sr x 


PART THREE 


eela has entered the Priory and saves 

the Doctor by kicking his chair out 

from under him. The Doctor realises 
the skull is trying to recreate itself. It is 
the Fendahl, which “eats life itself”. [1] 

A chapel has been prepared in the cellar 
beneath the Priory. There, Max tells Thea 
she is the medium through which the 
ancient power is to be focussed, then he 
drugs her to send her to sleep. [2] 

The Doctor and Leela enter Martha’s 
cottage to find the old lady in a trance. 

Max enters the laboratory and orders 
Fendelman at gunpoint to turn off the 
scanner. He is not yet ready, his followers 
are not yet here. 

The Doctor brings Martha round with 
a nonsensical recipe for fruit cake. [3] 

Max ties Adam and Fendelman to 
pillars in the cellar. 

The Doctor and Leela return to the 


TARDIS. They travel back in time and 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


discover that the fifth planet of the solar 
system was destroyed and placed in a 
time loop by the Time Lords. [4] 

Back on Earth, it is sunset again. Max 
places the skull on an altar in the cellar 
and connects it via a cable to the scanner. 

The Doctor realises that the skull is 
absorbing the energy released when the 
time scanner damages the time fissure. 
He sets the TARDIS to return to the 
present day. 

Ted’s coven gathers in the chapel and 
Fendelman becomes hysterical, realising 
that his family has been used. “Mankind 
has been used!” [5] 

Jack and Martha enter the Priory. 
They hear a gunshot coming from the 
cellar - Max has killed Fendelman! In 
the cellar, Thea wakes up, spread-eagled 
in a pentagram on the floor. 

The Doctor and Leela meet Jack and 
Martha in a passageway. 

Suddenly they are all frozen to the 
spot as a Fendahleen lurches towards 
them! [6] 


PART FOUR 


he Doctor takes Jack’s gun and 

fires at the Fendahleen. It retreats 

in pain, enabling the four of them 
to escape. 

In the cellar, Thea transforms into the 
Fendahl Core. [1] She turns the members 
of the coven into Fendahleen. 

The Doctor spots the power cable and 
follows it down to the cellar. There, Leela 
releases Adam while the Doctor speaks to 
Max. It is too late for him - he has looked 
into the eyes of the core. The Doctor 
hands him a revolver [2] and a gunshot 
rings out as he leaves. 

Leela and Adam find Jack and 
Martha in a passageway. They enter the 
laboratory and the Doctor switches off 
the scanner, then explains to the others 
that the Fendahl is a gestalt, a group 
creature. It consists of twelve Fendahleen 
and a Core, and as Max killed himself, it 
is not yet complete. [3] 


Leela and Jack are menaced by the 
wraithlike form of the Fendahl Core. Leela 
aims the shotgun at it without looking 
into its eyes and hits her target. [4] 

The Doctor sends Jack and his gran 
to their cottage and tells Adam to switch 
on the scanner once he and Leela are in 
the cellar. 

Then, after two minutes, he must 
switch it off and run because he will 
have three minutes before it sets off a 
controlled implosion. 

The Doctor and Leela return to the 
cellar. While the core is disorientated 
by the scanner, the Doctor grabs the 
skull and puts it in a radiation box. [5] 
Upstairs, Adam switches off the scanner 
and runs. The Doctor and Leela flee 
through the Priory, running through 
a projection of the Core, and shelter 
in the woods as the Priory implodes 
and vanishes. [6] 

Back in the TARDIS, the Doctor 
tells Leela he will dump the skull in 
a supernova. 


DOCTOR WHO | THECOMPLETE HISTORY 83 


er, 
zg 


ae 


riter Chris Boucher 
was asked by script 
editor Robert Holmes 
to provide a third story 
for Doctor Who in early 
1977, on the strength 
of his first two serials: The Face of Evil 
[1977 - see Volume 26], which introduced 
the new companion, Leela, and The Robots 
of Death [1977 - see Volume 26]. By now, 
Graham Williams had taken over the post 
of producer from Philip Hinchcliffe, with 
a directive to remove the horror elements 
from the show in the wake of complaints 
about The Deadly Assassin [1976 - see 
Volume 26] where the BBC had admitted 
to over-stepping the mark. Consequently 
Boucher’s story, Image of the Fendahl, was to 
be the only adventure of the 1977/8 series 
to uphold the Gothic horror tradition that 
Holmes had established over the previous 
two years. 
Formally commissioned to write 
the four-part story on Monday 2 May, 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


PYE-DT OC duction 


y 


~ | : 


with a delivery deadline of Tuesday 31 
May, Boucher delivered his scripts on 
Wednesday 4 May (Part One), Tuesday 31 
May (Part Two), Wednesday 8 June (Part 
Three), and Friday 17 June (Part Four). 
Boucher’s script was partially inspired 
by a science-fiction story he had read, in 
which extraterrestrial life interfered with 
the development of humanity, bringing 
them up to a high level of sophistication 
simply to provide the alien with a means 
of escaping from the planet. This formed 
the basis for the Fendahl’s purpose. 
The eventual script had many parallels 
with Quatermass and the Pit, a BBC serial 
written by Nigel Kneale in 1958 and 
remade as a movie, which Boucher was 
particularly fond of, by Hammer Films 
in 1967. Both stories concerned not only 
a dormant alien intelligence surviving in 
the subconscious of mankind through 
the millennia, but also began with the 
discovery of a human skull far older than 
had previously been believed possible. 


LARA 


Image of the Fendahl was also Boucher’s 
attempt to do a ghost story. The writer 
had great fun with the names such as Fetch 
Wood, Fetch Priory and Fetchborough, 
since ‘fetch’ was a supernatural figure in 
folklore, often a spectral double of a person 
- living or dead. The use of the skull was 
a cliché from horror movies, and the 
inclusion of rock salt as a weapon against 
the Fendahl again came from legend and 
superstition. Boucher’s intention was that 
the Fendahleen monsters should lurk in 
the shadows and never appear fully, as 
in the 1963 supernatural horror film The 
Haunting, which he found very effective. 


to be edited by Robert Holmes, who 

had agreed to work with Williams for 
an extra six months as the new producer 
found his feet on the show. Williams, 
who felt that Image of the Fendahl was the 
best script of the 1977/8 series, did not 
want Holmes to leave, seeing him as the 
greatest asset the series had. Holmes, 
however, had now held the post for four 
years, which was two years longer than he 
had intended. Although Hinchcliffe and 
Williams had both previously persuaded 
him to stay on, he was now keen to return 
to freelance writing. 

Holmes had been suggested for the job 
of script editor on the new science-fiction 
series Blake’s 7, but not wanting to move 
on to a similar job he suggested Chris 
Boucher for the post. Therefore, Boucher 
was finishing off his scripts of Image of the 
Fendahl while editing Terry Nation’s early 
scripts for Blake’s 7 and helping to establish 
the format of this new series. 

Boucher’s work on Blake’s 7 meant that 
the bulk of the rewrites required on Image 


of the Fendahl had to be performed by the 


I mage of the Fendahl was the final script 


new script editor, Anthony Read, who was 
trailing Holmes for a couple of months. 
Having joined the BBC as a script editor 
in 1963, Read had been a senior producer 
at the BBC, handling major dramas such 
as The Troubleshooters and The Lotus Eaters 
before leaving the Corporation to return 
to freelance writing in 1973. He was 
contacted by Graeme McDonald, the head 
of drama serials, who asked him to return 
to the BBC. Read indicated that he was 
not interested in a staff role as a producer, 
but when McDonald said, “That’s a 
shame, I was thinking about Doctor Who,” 
the writer replied, “Ah well... now that’s 
different...” Having always enjoyed Doctor 
Who, Read agreed to take on the role of 
script editor since Robert Holmes was due 
to leave in July. He already knew Graham 
Williams who had been script editor on 
several of his scripts for Z Cars since 1975; 
Williams had also commissioned Read for 
a contribution to the abandoned series The 


Zodiac Factor in 1976. 

Read’s work on the script included 
restructuring the opening and closing 
TARDIS scenes to include K9, as it had not 
been certain if K9 would become a regular 
fixture of the series following its initial 
appearance in The Invisible Enemy [1977 - 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY a 


Pre-production 


Below: 

The Doctor 
fails to notice 
that Leela has 
anew outfit. 


IMAGE OF THE FENDAHL $=» stor 


Right: 

The Doctor 
chews the 
fat witha 
Fendahleen. 


Connections: 
Daily bread 


® Although no 
given via dia 
setting of th 


script and BBC publicity 
stated that it takes place 


over 30 and 


and is the fir 
festival of th 


from th 


reinforced by Martha 
claim in Part 


“tis Lammas Eve” Lammas 
Day falls on 1 August, 


itis customary to bring 
to church aloaf made 


see page 44]. Holmes left Doctor Who in July 
1977, and although both he and Read were 
credited on the scripts, only Holmes was 
given a credit on the transmitted episodes 
- Read taking full control as script editor 
with the subsequent serial Underworld 
[1978 - see Volume 28]. Read very much 
enjoyed working with Holmes who, like 
himself, was an ex-journalist. 

The director assigned to Image of the 
Fendahl was George Spenton-Foster. 
Starting off under the name George 
Spenton, he had joined the BBC as a call 
boy in 1948 and was an experienced BBC 
director and producer on programmes 
such as Doctor Finlay’s Casebook, Boy Meets 
Girl, Thirty-Minute Theatre, Paul Temple, The 
Man Outside, Sutherland’s Law and Z Cars. 
Williams had worked as a script editor 
on Sutherland’s Law and had specifically 
selected Spenton-Foster for Image of the 
Fendahl as he was aware that Spenton- 
Foster had experience of the night filming 
that Boucher’s script required. Boucher 
had only included this 
expensive shooting due to his 
inexperience as a writer, but 
the production team thought 
that it would be appropriate 
and so accommodated it. 

In the camera scripts, Thea 
Ransome was described as 
‘in her late twenties, dressed 
in a lab coat’, Ted Moss 
was ‘a labourer... holding a 
bicycle on which are slung a 
bill-hook and sickle’, Martha 
Tyler was ‘a formidable lady 
of advancing years’, Mitchell 
was ‘a powerfully built 
security man’ and Jack Tyler 
was ‘a tall, thick-set, dark 


date was 
logue for the 
e story, the 


31 July. This is 
Tyler's 
Three that 


st harves 
e year when 


e new crop. 


‘Lammas is derived 
from ‘loaf-mass: 


g2  DOCTORWHO | T 


young man’. The “TARDIS 
Wonderful” material was an 
unscripted ad-lib; likewise 


HE COMPLETE HISTORY 


much of the material at the end of Part 


Four with the Doctor referring to K9 

as “him” was a late addition. When the 
embryo Fendahleen appear in Part Two, 
‘two broad, flat ribbons of what appears 
to be black silk materialise across, but 
not attached to, [Thea’s] body... As they 
disappear one of them, shockingly, begins 
to move. It humps itself up in the middle 
like a large, lethargic, tape worm. 


so attarRhlUUtUtt~™ 

‘The attach Qvahe 

he scene in Colby’s lab where Colby 
T was persuaded not to call the 

police was a late addition, and the 
penultimate scene of Max confronting 
Thea in Fendelman’s lab was expanded 
from the original. Most of the Doctor’s 
dialogue to the skull at the end of Part 
‘Two was unscripted. In Part Four, the 
Fendahleen attacking the Doctor was ‘like 
a snake striking... the waving tendrils of 
the feeding hole’ created a howl like ‘a 
furious sort of quadrophonic keening’. 
The transformed Thea was ‘dressed in 
shining robes... radiantly beautiful... Her 
eyes are opaque black blanks.’ During 
the transformation scene, it was noted ‘a 
dark, bloated grub-like thing is writhing 
sluggishly on the floor’. After the attack 
on the Fendahleen in the corridor, it was 
noted ‘the skin appears to have burst and 
slime has oozed out’. 


On Monday 27 June, having read 
the scripts for Image of the Fendahl, 
Graeme McDonald commented in a 
memo to Williams, ‘I find the incident on 
Page 13 in Episode 4 where Stael raises 
the gun to his mouth unacceptable. May 
we discuss?’ The same day, Williams 
replied: ‘I agree entirely with the point 
you have raised and I believe we have 
already found an alternative. 

Alan Dobie, Colin Blakely, Alfred Burke, 
Michael Gough (who had guest starred in 
The Celestial Toymaker [1966 - see Volume 
7), Robert Hardy, Alan Badel, William 
Lucas and Charles Kay were all considered 
for the role of Fendelman. On Monday 27 
June, Anthony Bate was cast as Fendelman, 
but was no longer available for the 
production by Tuesday 12 July when the 
role was vacant. Director George Spenton- 
Foster cast Denis Lill in the role having 
first worked with him on the BBC1 period 
drama The Regiment in 1971 prior to their 
work together on Survivors. 


‘ 


j 
, 


Image of the Fendahl was originally 
planned, and made, as the fourth story of 
the 1977/8 series, entering production a 
fortnight after The Sun Makers {1977 - see 
page 110] had finished recording in studio. 
However, because of problems caused by 
the loss of The Vampire Mutations at the 
start of the series, the transmission order 
was amended and the Earth-bound Image 
of the Fendahl would be brought forward 
to split up the two futuristic stories, The 
Invisible Enemy and The Sun Makers. 

Make-up was handled by Pauline Cox; 
Amy Roberts designed the costumes while 


} Anna Ridley supervised set design. All were 


new to the programme. One old hand on 
the show was Colin Mapson who handled 
the visual effects as he had previously done 
on The Green Death [1973 - see Volume 20} 
and The Hand of Fear [1976 - see Volume 
25]. Dick Mills was assigned to Image of 

the Fendahl to create special sounds for the 


' ; : It 
serial at the BBC Radiophonic Workshop aap: 
in July. at Fetch Priory, 


DA DIFFERENT HAIRSTYLE 


“LEELA SPORTE 
oe 


E HAIRDRESSER 


ee INESON 
JT HER HAIR TOO SHORT. 


da hl took pl on 16mm 
colouffilm from Mas 1 


iday 5 August, 1977. 


were based 
els near bury and 
ry. For this new storyJLeela 


rted a different cee - with her 
air gathered u her head. This was 
ause the BBE hairdresser attending 


sJameson ad pinta LY cut 


¢ 4 41% Wi illiams was 


«@ 
Producti 
7 
; 
— 
4 


initially unhappy with this look until he 

was shown how short Louise’s hair had | \ 
been trimmed. Costume designer Amy 
Roberts also provided Leela with a new 
costume, a lighter outfit made of chamois 
leather by Vicki Mear, with input from = 
Jameson herself. This replaced the original ¥ 
animal skin that Louise had worn since The qm 
Face of Evil which was now worn out. After a 
considering having a replica of the old 

costume made, Graham Williams instead -_ 
told Roberts to give Leela a sexier new 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY © 


Pa 


IMAGE OF THE FENDAHL =» sors 


Connections: 

Shakespeare 

® At the end of Part Two the 
Doctor encounters the 


skull, proclaiming “Alas, 
poor skull.” This ad-lib from 
Tom Baker (one of many 
in this story) is a deliberate 


Below: 
Fendelman 
takes control. 


parody of the famous 
line from Shakespeare's 
Hamlet: "Alas, poor Yorick!", 
spoken by Hamlet 
when holding 
the skull of the 
king's jester. 


look. The costume, which 
incorporated armbands and 
a belt for Leela’s dagger, was 
very cold for the actress to 
wear during the night shoots 
on the serial, although it 

did allow her to wear shorts 
under the skirt. 

The Doctor’s costume was 
also altered for the story. 
Tom Baker adopted a long 
burgundy coat in place of 
the grey one which he had 
worn in The Sun Makers, and 
with it came a new, wider 
17-foot scarf. 

In addition to Jameson and 
Baker, the other cast members required 
on location were Edward Evans, Edward 
Arthur, Geoffrey Hinsliff, Graham Simpson 
and a few extras as acolytes and a patrol 
guard. In the case of Arthur and Hinsliff, 
they were required to perform only one 
brief scene each; Arthur had arrived with 
a cold sore on his face and so George 
Spenton-Foster decided to shoot him 
mainly in long-shot to hide this fact. 

The principal exterior for the story, 
Fetch Priory, was the former mansion 
residence of rock star Mick Jagger; a 
Grade II listed house called Stargroves, 


6 DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


5 ee 


in Hampshire, not far from Newbury. 

The sprawling house and its grounds 

had previously been used by the Doctor 
Who team as the priory owned by Marcus 
Scarman, while filming Pyramids of Mars 
[1975 - see Volume 24] in April 1975. 
Permission to film Image of the Fendahl at 
Stargroves was only granted on Tuesday 
26 July, less than a week before filming was 
due to start. 


Nighitshoots 


ilming began on Monday 1 August 
at 10.30am with the scene of the 


Doctor and Leela meeting Ted Moss 
in the lane, followed by Adam walking 
Leakey, the Doctor and Leela seeing the 
guard at the gates to ‘Fetch Priory’ (mock- 
ups erected by the BBC) and finally Jack 
seeing Moss and his cohorts arrive at the 
priory. A Doberman and a Rottweiler 
were supplied by David Goodie to act as 
Leakey and the guard dog. A photocall, 
featuring Baker and Jameson outside the 
priory gates, was also held on this day and 
shooting was scheduled to wrap at 4.30pm. 

The remainder of the location filming, 
from the Tuesday onwards, was mainly 
devoted to night shoots with the days 
spent preparing for the filming. The scenes 
of the Doctor and Leela in the woods, 
which ran through the rose garden of the 
manor house, were filmed on this night. 
Jameson was badly bitten by insects during 
the night shoot.For these scenes visual 
effects provided some atmospheric mist, 
and lighting contributed an eerie green 
glow. Unfortunately, many re-takes were 
required for these scenes due to the mist 
being either too thick or too light. For the 
end of Part One, film cameraman Elmer 
Cossey used the camera to show the point- 
of-view of the unseen Fendahleen closing 
in on the Doctor. 


Filming was disrupted when 
generator being used for lighting caught 
fire. At around midnight the crew made 
frantic phone calls to the electrics company 
in London, who supplied a replacement 
generator by 4am allowing the sequence 
to be completed before dawn. However, 
the estate manager of Stargroves received 
a complaint from an angry neighbour 
who had been disturbed by the noise from 
the vehicles and activity surrounding this 
minor disaster. This was passed to the BBC 
and ultimately Spenton-Foster wrote a 
personal letter of apology to the resident 
on Wednesday 10 August. 

The second day of night filming, on 
Wednesday 3 August, comprised scenes 
at the priory including establishing shots 
of the building. Graham Simpson also 
filmed all his scenes as the hiker on this 
evening. These scenes had originally 
been scheduled for the previous day’s night 
shoot, but because time had been lost 
due to the generator fire, they were 
rescheduled for the Wednesday. Several 


FS 
4e 7 ® 


? 


Production 


> ; 


other planned shots were never actually 


: Adam tries 
filmed, presumably also due to the time to convinee 
lost on the generator incident. These Thea that 
included a shot of the hiker’s body on the Fendelman’s 

“flipped his lid’. 


ground in front of the priory; two long- 
shots of the exterior of the priory; and a 
shot of the Doctor and Leela leaving the 
priory from the start of Part Three. As with 
work in Bristol on The Sun Makers, Baker 
wrapped Jameson in the Doctor’s scarf 
when she was freezing during 
the night location work. 

On Thursday 4 August, 
the scenes of the Doctor 
and Leela with the TARDIS 
(which was missing its lamp 
housing assembly on the 
roof) were filmed in a field 
of cows behind the manor 
house; this was originally to 
have been filmed on Monday 
1 August but was rescheduled 
for the Thursday. Two further 
sequences for Part Three 
had been planned, with the 


Connections: 

Named after... 
Colby's dog was named 
Leakey by author Chris 
Boucher after the eminent 
archaeologist LSB Leakey 


whose finds in Africa had 
proven that mankind had 
been on Earth for longer 
than expected. It also has 
the double meaning of 
Suggesting that the dog 
may have a weak bladder. 


DOCTOR WHO | THECOMPLETE HISTORY 37 


IMAGE OF THE FENDAHL 9» sows 


Right: 

The full-size 
Fendahleen 
manifests 
itself. 


Connections: 


Doctor and Leela returning to, and then 
departing from the TARDIS (intended to 
be shot as day for night), but the second 
of these was not filmed. A reaction shot of 
the Doctor and Leela seeing the burning 
priory was also filmed. The last scheduled 
sequence was of Leela approaching the 
Tylers’ cottage, filmed at the back of 
Stargroves’ stable block. Previously utilised 
in Pyramids of Mars, these buildings had 
been used as Laurence Scarman’s home. 
Friday 5 August was reserved for ‘pick- 
up’ shots of anything that it had not been 
possible to achieve on the preceding days. 


<Implosions and explosions 


small amount of model filming took 
A place for Image of the Fendahl. This 

concerned the destruction of the 
priory by implosion at the end of Part 
Four which had originally been planned 
to be filmed on location on Thursday 4 
August, but had to be abandoned. For 
the model shot, a photographic blow-up 
of Stargroves was constructed and gas 
jets ignited behind its cut-out windows. 
During editing a red filter would be placed 
over this footage, which was also reflected 
off a rippled sheet of Mirrorlon. The 
model, which exploded in slow motion, 
was intercut with film of the real house to 
achieve the desired effect. 
The implosion was then the 


Entertaining 

® While walking through the 
woods, the hiker keeps his 
spirits up by whistling The 
Entertainer, composed by 


Scott Joplin in 1902. The 
piece became well-known 
as the theme tune to 
the 1973 film, 
The Sting. 


same film run in reverse over 
which Dudley Simpson’s 
organ score was also played 
in reverse. The sound effects 
of a thunderstorm were 
dubbed over this material. 
Rehearsals for the first 
studio recording session ran 
from Friday 12 August to 
Friday 19 August, kicking 
off on the first day with a 


ss} QOCTORWHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


readthrough of the script in Conference 
Room 1257 at Television Centre. Chris 


Boucher was in attendance at the 
readthrough and found it a horrendous 
experience. Spenton-Foster had taken 
the rest of the team (apart from Boucher 
who was busy on Blake’s 7) out for lunch 
to get them in a good mood for the 
afternoon’s rehearsal. This left Tom Baker 
in a particularly playful mood and he 
proceeded to ridicule the script in front of 
the author, with other members of the cast 
following suit. Louise Jameson was glad 
to be working on a Boucher script again, 
feeling that the writer scripted particularly 
well for Leela, as he had created the 
character in the first place. Aware of 
Boucher’s discomfort with the reading, 
Jameson ensured the writer was not too 
upset afterwards. 

Rehearsals continued for the rest of 
the week in room 202 at the BBC’s Acton 
rehearsal rooms. The guest cast for Image 
of the Fendahl included Wanda Ventham as 
Thea Ransome and Scott Fredericks as Max 
Stael. Ventham had previously featured as 
Jean Rock in The Faceless Ones [1967 - see 
Volume 10]; Fredericks had played Boaz in 
Day of the Daleks [1972 - see Volume 17]. 
Joining Geoffrey Hinsliff in supporting 


NN NN roctuction 


roles were Derek Martin and Daphne 
Heard. Derek Martin was a stuntman and 
fight arranger on earlier Doctor Who stories 
including The Ambassadors of Death [1970 - 
see Volume 15], The Mind of Evil [1971 - see 
Volume 16], and The Claws of Axos [1971 - 
see Volume 16]. 

The first studio recording session took 
place on Saturday 20 and Sunday 21 
August, in studio TC6 at Television Centre. 
Originally, it had been planned that the 
first studio session would take place on 
Monday 22 and Tuesday 23 August, but 
on Thursday 5 May, this was moved back 
a day to 21 and 22 August. Just four days 
later, on Monday 9 May, it was moved back 
a further day to 20 and 21 August. 

The location film work had been 
processed by the BBC’s film laboratory so 
that it could be played onto the video tape 
during the studio recording, allowing for 
the whole serial to be edited on video in 
post-production. However, as had been the 
case with the filmed material for Horror 
of Fang Rock [1977 - see page 12], the 
processed film was of very poor quality, 
even after several different attempts. 
Unfortunately, the original negative was 
damaged in the final round of processing 


and there was no other 
choice but to use a print 
that was still considered 
unsatisfactory, as it would 
now be impossible to create 
any further prints from 

the negative. Williams was 
extremely unhappy with this 
apparently recurring problem 
and wrote a strongly worded 
memo on the subject. 

On the first studio day, 
recording took place from 
7.30pm to 10pm and was 
devoted to Part One, starting with the two 
TARDIS scenes and then recording the rest 
of the episode in sequence, including the 
opening titles to the remaining episodes 
and the closing credits for the entire serial. 

The TARDIS featured the K9 prop. The 
mechanical dog had its right-hand body 
panel removed and a fake circuit board 
inserted. Reference was made to the 
robot’s creator, Professor Marius, from 
The Invisible Enemy. During the scenes 
when the TARDIS was dragged off course 
towards the hole in time, the camera 
was tilted, levelling out again only as the 
Doctor brought the ship out of the time 
scanner’s effect. 


Connections: 
Sick dog : 
® Regarding the broken 
K9 in Part One, Leela 
comments that “Professor 
arius would not be very 
pleased” This is areference 
to K9's creator who had 
gifted the robot dog to the 
Doctor in the preceding 
story, The Invisible Enemy 
[1977 - see page 44]. 


: Left: 
The skull, nicknamed ‘Eustace’ by Leaienente 
Colby, was an internally lit fibreglass prop to see if her 
powered via the fixed podium on which ee a 


it stood. As Thea’s mind was filled with 
the power of the Fendahl, Ventham’s face 
was superimposed over the skull, aligning 
the actress’ eyes with the prop’s blank eye 
sockets. At the end of Part Two when the 
Doctor offers Eustace a jelly baby, he in 
fact offers a dolly mixture. 

To make her transformation into the 
golden Fendahl Core, in the latter part 
of the serial, even more effective, Wanda 
Ventham’s blonde hair was hidden beneath 
a dark wig for her role as Thea Ransome... 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY oe 


IMAGE OF THE FENDAHL =» stor 


100° 


Right: 

A heated 
discussion 
breaks out 
over whose 
turnitis to do 
the shopping. 


having been told that apparently blondes 
could not be scientists! Graham Williams 
also felt that a dark-haired female scientist 
would be taken more seriously than a 
blonde one. Ventham was also directed 
that Thea should not smile, making a 
contrast with the Core’s later rictus of 
triumph over Stael. 

Fendelman’s secret laboratory, where 
the time scanner was housed, included 
a variety of stock computer panels with 
sequenced flashing lights. There were also 
four monochrome monitors, onto which 
operating data was fed. The main imaging 
screen was a large green oscilloscope 
onto which suitably strange patterns were 
generated. In Part Two, when Fendelman 
shows an x-ray of Eustace to Colby, a 
standard x-ray of a skull, seen from above, 
was displayed with the pentagram motif of 
the neuro-relay added by hand. 


Bae SANS Se 


T he shots of Ted Moss holding his 


shotgun were in fact performed 

by armourer Alf Trustrum who, 
to the surprise and annoyance of 
Williams, on Thursday 22 September, 
requested a payment for an in-vision 
staff contribution; this fee was agreed on 
Tuesday 11 October. 

On Sunday 21 August, recording was 
scheduled from 3.30pm to 4.30pm and 
then from 7.30pm to 10pm. This was 
generally devoted to Part Two, which was 
recorded largely in sequence, apart from 
the scenes of Max confronting Thea. The 
short scene of Leela in the priory kitchen 
was also recorded for Part Three at the end 
of the evening. For the kitchen scene where 
Thea collapsed, a golden soft focus halo 
was superimposed over Ventham’s prone 
form using Colour Separation Overlay 
(CSO). Added to this montage, again by 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


means of CSO, were three puppet embryo 
Fendahleen constructed from foam rubber 


covered in latex. These were moving figures 
with a rocking mechanism and spitting 
tendrils, operated by air from an oxygen 
cylinder, emerging from their mouths. The 
puppets were operated by visual effects 
assistants Chris Lawson, Steve Lucas 

and Dave Bezkorowajny. Roll-back-and- 
mix was used to show the Fendahleen’s 
materialisation on Thea’s body. 

For his scenes in the studio for Part Two, 
Edward Evans sported a different duffle 
coat from the one worn in the daytime 
location material, and for the scene 
immediately following, set at the priory. 
Hired for the cottage sequences was an 
owl, which featured briefly - presumably as 
Martha Tyler’s ‘familiar’. The cottage set was 
also decked out with other items indicating 
her involvement with the ‘old religion’. 

Rehearsals for the second and final 
recording block took place at Acton 
from Monday 22 August to Saturday 
3 September. The three-day recording 
session in TC6 immediately followed from 
Sunday 4 September. 

On the first studio day, recording ran 
from 8pm to 10pm and began with the 


remaining scenes from Part Two before 
moving on to all the scenes for Part Three 
with the exception of the material set 

in the large cellar after the scene where 
Fendelman realises that the security guards 
will take their orders from Stael. 


Only one full-sized Fendahleen was 
constructed by Colin Mapson’s team, using 
a bamboo frame covered with foam and 
latex. The ribbing on the Fendahleen was a 
late addition requested by the production 
office to make the creatures appear less 
phallic. The creature was operated from 
inside by visual effects assistant Peter 
Wragg and had air cylinders to move the 
polystyrene and latex mouth tendrils. 
Because of its size and construction, the 
full-size Fendahleen was very cumbersome 
in the studio. The tail of the monster was 
seen to emit a green slime in a close-up 
at the end of Part Three, by dragging the 
prop over slime already placed on the 
floor. At the beginning of Part Four, as the 
Doctor advanced on the Fendahleen, the 
creature’s telepathic influence was shown 
as a green spotlight bathing his features, 
which abruptly vanished as he shot the 
creature. At the end of the serial, the priory 
corridor was rigged to collapse, shortly 


Production 


after the sequence of the Doctor and Leela 
walking directly through a superimposed 
image of the Fendahl Core. 

In the TARDIS control room scene 
recorded on this day, the TARDIS data 
banks were represented by three clear 
Perspex panels carried by the Doctor, while 
the time-looped fifth planet was given a 
green vortex effect placed onto the ship’s 
scanner via CSO. 

On Monday 5 September, recording was 
scheduled from 2.30pm to 5.30pm, after 
which there was a photocall, and then 
from 7.30pm to 10pm. This recording 
was devoted to the scenes in the large 
cellar from Part Three, requiring extras 
as members of Stael’s coven, and then the 
scenes for Part Four set in the corridor and 
Fendelman’s lab through to the Doctor 
telling Colby about his theory explaining 
the dark side of mankind. This completed 
all the scenes with Wanda Ventham as Thea 
before she became the Fendahl Core. 

The large cellar set incorporated a raised 
sacrificial area cornered by four pillars, a 
triangular altar, and an entrance stairway 
at the rear left-hand side of the set. On the 
raised dais, a pentagram was marked out 
with a material sensitive to Front Axial 
Projection - a method by which light is 
reflected off a mirror placed 
before a camera lens to make 
certain objects seen by the 
camera appear to glow. To get 
the full impression of size for 
this set, a high level camera 
was used to look down on the 
pentagram area. 

In the final TARDIS scene 
of Part Four, Louise Jameson 
wore her original Leela 
costume for the last time. 
She also regained her original 
hairstyle, Jameson’s hair 
having now grown back to its 


Connections: 

Where is he? 

® At the start of Part 
Three, Leela’s line “Oh 
Xoanon...” as she searches 
for the Doctor was 


unscripted; this was a 
reference to the computer 
whom her tribe, the 
Sevateem, had worshipped 
as a deity in The Face 

of Evil [1977 - see 

Volume 26]. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 101 


IMAGE OF THE FENDAHL =» stor 


full length. The story concluded with K9 
nodding his head, over which a squeaking 
sound was dubbed on. K9’s complete lack 
of dialogue for the story meant that John 
Leeson did not have to be hired to provide 
his voice for Image of the Fendahl. 

The final recording session, on Tuesday 
6 September, was scheduled to run from 
7.30pm to 10pm, and focused on all the 
scenes remaining for Part Four. 

The transformation of Thea as she lay 
inside the pentagram was achieved by a 
video wipe across the screen between two 
different shots of Wanda Ventham. As the 
Core, Ventham had to endure extensive 
make-up; her face and hands were painted 
gold and she wore a large, ornate wig. 

The Fendahl’s hypnotic eyes were painted 
in black and white over the actress’ own 
eyelids, requiring her to play the part 


Below: : ; : 
TheTylersgeta With both eyes closed; this was something 
surprise visito, which she found very disorientating. As 


PRODUCTION (Field/Cottage) 

Mon 1 Aug 77 Stargroves Manor, East Fri5 Aug 77 Stargroves Manor 
End, Hants (Lane/Wood/Fetch Priory/ (standby day) 

Priory Gateway) Sat 20 Aug 77 Television Centre 


Tue 2 Aug 77 Stargroves Manor (Wood) Studio 6: Part One 
Wed 3 Aug 77 Stargroves Manor Sun 21 Aug 77 Television Centre and Fendelman’s Lab for Part Four 
(Fetch Priory) Studio 6: Part Two except final scenes; Tue 6 Sep 77 Television Centre Studio 6: 


Thu 4 Aug 77 Stargroves Manor Priory Kitchen for Part Three 


102, DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


¥ eee a4 


the Core rose, by means of levitation, 
Ventham was raised from the ground to 
an upright position by lying on a solid 
metal plate attached to a compressed air 
lever. A photocall was held during camera 
rehearsals, with pictures being taken 

of Ventham. 


hen Ted Moss was turned into 
Wi: Fendahleen, a cross fade was 

used between Edward Evans, 
and one of the puppet creatures. The 
small Fendahleen props were CSOed 
onto the altar in front of the glowing 
skull. A different Eustace prop featured 
in Part Four, this one coated in Scotchlite 
paint, which was sensitive to Front Axial 
Projection. Consequently it could continue 
to glow when lifted up off its altar by the 
Doctor. The glass flasks of salt hurled 
by the Doctor and Leela were made of 
plastic for safety reasons. Their off-screen 
breaking achieved by sound effects, was 
dubbed on later. Leela’s kissing of Colby 
was an unscripted addition worked out by 
Louise Jameson and Edward Arthur. 

There was an overrun of three 

minutes due to the attempts to achieve 
some very difficult composite effects 
of the Fendahl Core moving around the 
priory which, through lack of time during 
the day, the crew was unable to rehearse 
adequately. 


Sun 4 Sep 77 Television Centre 
Studio 6: Part Two final scenes; 
Part Three 
Mon5 Sep 77 Television Centre Studio 6: 
Large Cellar for Part Three; Early Corridor 


Large Cellar and later scenes for Part Four 


ALARA ER 


Post-pro 


s originally scripted, Part One 
was intended to begin with 
the hiker walking through the 
woods, but during editing this 
was dropped as the opening 
scene. A second scene, of the 
hiker walking along the lane, had been 
filmed but was cut entirely; the original 
opening scene moved back to take its place. 
For the scene in the field, there was extra 
dialogue as the Doctor explained to Leela 
that cows were harmless; “They make milk. 
MOO!” “Ts that good?” asked Leela, to 
which the Doctor replied, “If you like milk. 
1 like milk.” The end of the film sequence 
in Part One where the Doctor and Leela 
met Ted Moss was cut. This would have 
shown that after the Doctor and Leela had 
moved off, Moss would have brought out 
a metal charm with a pentagram motif 
from beneath his shirt and pressed it to 
his forehead. This is why Moss nervously 
fingered his shirt collar when the Doctor 


mentions ghosts in the scene as transmitted. 


A cut was made to the end of Part One, 
trimming a short sequence where the 
Doctor heard a noise in the woods and, 
finding he cannot move, said “paralysis?” 

In the edited Part Two, the sequence of 
scenes in the opening reprise differed from 
the end of Part One, with the studio shot 
of Leela entering the cottage being absent. 
The Doctor getting his legs going again was 
trimmed. Also, a seven-second shot of the 
Doctor entering the house was cut, along 
with a close-up shot of the blister on the 
back of Mitchell’s neck. 

Part Three lost the opening of the scene 
where Stael injected Thea which showed 
Stael coming down the cellar steps; the 


Production | Post-production 


end of the scene where the Doctor began 
his recipe recitation; a film sequence of 
the Doctor and Leela leaving the Priory to 
return to the TARDIS and then entering 
the police box which dematerialised; parts 
of the coven arriving at the priory in their 
van, and the opening shots of Ted Moss 
descending the steps into the cellar. Part 
Four lost parts of the Doctor and Leela in 
the woods, and Leela calling for the Doctor 
on emerging from the priory. After editing, 
Part Four ran short. The final instalment 
included 57 feet of 35mm colour stock 
footage purchased from EMI Elstree Ltd; a 
spiral effect, superimposed over the Fendahl 
Core just before the priory imploded. 
Second edits of the first three episodes 
were shown and a first edit of Part Four. 
Dudley Simpson and six musicians 
recorded over six minutes of music for Parts 
One and Two at Lime Grove Television 
Music Studios on Wednesday 21 September, 
and a further 18 minutes for Parts Three 
and Four on Monday 3 October. The 
serial was dubbed on Saturday 15, Sunday 
16, Friday 21 and Saturday 22 October. 
On Friday 28 October, Graham Williams 
extended George Spenton-Foster’s contract 
by four weeks to Friday 4 November. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 103, 


Above: 

The Doctor 
takes the 
TARDIS ona 
quick trip and 
discovers the 
fate of the fifth 
planet of the 
solar system, 


\ 


a 


t+ 


OF TEE 


a 
wo. oe 
Ww 


ig 


ier 


»® The Drama Early Warning Synopsis 


a 


for the serial was issued on Tuesday 
16 August. This was a corrected 
version of the earlier promotional 
material document which listed the 
writer as Terrance Dicks. The selling 
points for the story were itemised as 
guest star Wanda Ventham and her 
transformation from Thea Ransome 
into the Core of the Fendahl. For some 
years, it was believed that a working 
title for the serial was The Island of 
Fandor as announced in the fanzine 
TARDIS, but this was a case of editor 
Gordon Blows having misheard the 
title over the phone. 


» Boffin Wanda announced The Sunday 
People on 21 August where it was noted 
that ‘Strange things happen to dishy 
Wanda Ventham when she plays a 
boffin in a four-part Dr Who story in 
November. She becomes a victim of 
a skull with evil powers.’ The actress 
noted that this was a good contrast 
to an appearance which she had just 


106 DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


D For Image of the Fendahl, Radio Times 


recorded for the Thames sitcom The 
Upchat Line. 


broke with tradition, and on the 

programme listing credited the lead 

character as ‘The Doctor’ for the first ~~ 
time, although the on-screen credits 

for the episode still read ‘Doctor Who’. 


® Image of the Fendahl was previewed 


as a 20-second trailer the week before 
it began, directly after the credits for 
The Invisible Enemy Part Four. This 
teaser comprised scenes from Part 
One, notably Thea collapsing beside 
the glowing skull, as the continuity 
announcer told viewers that the 

new adventure would be set on 
present-day Earth. 


® Also to promote the serial, on the day 


that Part One was transmitted, various 
national papers carried the publicity 
shots of the Doctor and Leela at the 
gates of Fetch Priory. 


LARA 


Publicity | Broadcast 


Broadcast 


® The third episode was reviewed by 
17-year-old Elizabeth Page of New 
Eltham in the Evening News for which 
she won the £10 prize in the Be a TV 
critic feature; she decreed that the 
instalment was ‘just as pleasantly 
terrifying as it always was’ and added 
that ‘Dr Who has a kind of ageless 
charm, and though to mock the 
programme is easy, there is something 
very compelling about its old- 
fashioned plots.’ 


® The story received very good ratings, 
which rose throughout its run to over 
nine million for the final instalment. 
In opposition to Image of the Fendahl, 
most ITV regions screened Man 
from Atlantis. 


® The Doctor’s activities with jelly babies 
that were clearly dolly mixtures were 
the subject of an exposé on the BBC’s 
viewers’ comment programme Points 
of View in December 1977. After an 
extract from Part Two of Image of the 
Fendahl, showing the Doctor offering 
Eustace a sweet, Graham Williams 
explained that the Doctor was offering 
one thing while dispensing something 
else purely to confuse people! 


ORIGINAL TRANSMISSION 
EPISODE DATE TIME 
Part One Saturday 29 October 1977 
Saturday 5 November 1977 


Part Two 
PartThree  Saturdayl2November1977 6.05pm-6.30pm BBCI 24'22" 


Part Four 


6.10pm-6.35pm  BBC1 24'38" 
6.10pm-6.35pm = BBC1 2444" : 75 


» Image of the Fendahl was broadcast in 


many different territories, including: 
the United States, Australia, 
Rhodesia and Honduras. The story 
was marketed to North America by 
Time Life in 1978, for which it had 
additional narration by Howard 

Da Silva. In the 1980s, it was also 
syndicated as a TV movie. In Australia, 
the story was rated ‘G’ after two 
camera shots relating to Fendelman’s 
shooting by Stael in Part Three had 
been removed. 


® The serial was shown on UK Gold from 
February 1994 in episodic and omnibus 
format. BBC Prime screened the story 
in December 1998/January 1999. 


Left: 

The Doctor 
confronts the 
Fendahl Core. 


RATING(CHARTPOS) — APPRECIATION INDEX 
6.7M (70th) 


CHANNEL DURATION 


Saturday19November1977 610pm-6.35pm = BBC1 20'32" 61 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 105, 


IMAGE OF THE FENDAHL $=» stor x 


Merchandise 


Right: n July 1979, Terrance Dicks 

The video Beers Boucher’ 

Feat by novelise ris Boucher’s story 
Andrew as Doctor Who and the Image of 
Skilleter and the Fendahl, with simultaneous 

Re evecite. publication in hardback from 
Hickman. WH Allen and in paperback from 


Target. Throughout the book, Dicks spells 
Fendelman’s name as ‘Fendleman’. The 
prolific author would later cite the 


Doctor Who novelisations. Latterly 
the book, which sported a cover 
painting by John Geary, was 
bered book 34 in the Doctor 


In 1984, the book Children and 
| Television by Cedric Cullingford, 

_ included various comments from 
© children interviewed in 1979 
which showed the effectiveness 
of various images in Image of the 
Fendahl. The youngsters could 
fae recall the use of the skull and 
also Thea’s face merging with 


Above: it as elements that had scared them even 

ior pet though they could not recall any of the 

with a cover plot itself. 

by John Geary. The sound effect of ‘Fendahl Shuffle and 
Slobber’ was included on the CD Doctor 
Who: 30 Years at the Radiophonic Workshop 
issued in July 1993 by BBC Enterprises. 

earniaht: Jondar International issued a phonecard 

The for the serial in 1997, and Harlequin 

Underground Miniatures produced a Fendahleen figure 

Toys’ collectors’ in 1999. 

set. 


Image of the Fendahl was released on VHS 
by BBC Enterprises in March 1993 with an 
artwork cover from Andrew Skilleter. The 
DVD release followed in April 2009. The 
extras on the disc were: 


106 = =QOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


YC XNNN 


3» Commentary with Tom 
Baker, Louise Jameson, 
Wanda Ventham and 
Edward Arthur 

» After Image - making-of 
documentary featuring 
Anthony Read, Louise 
Jameson, Edward Arthur, 
Wanda Ventham, 

Colin Mapson 

» Deleted & Extended 
Scenes 

® Trailer 

» Photo gallery 

» Easter Egg - A Very Leela 
Christmas 

» Radio Times Listings in 
Adobe PDF format 

» Subtitle production 
notes 

An Image of the Fendahl 
collectors’ set was issued by Underground 

Toys in December 2011. The set included: 

a Leela action figure with knife, a large 

Fendahleen, a small Fendahleen and a skull 

with plinth. 

Issue 70 of GE Fabbri’s Doctor Who — 

DVD Files covered the serial in 

September 2011. Mf 


The TOM BAKER Years 1974.81 


Cast and credits 


MOM BAKO ca tersaiere ci ccssencectaiins Doctor Who! 
with 
LOUISE JAMESON eis Leela 
Wanda VenthaM............cccs Thea Ransome 
Daphne H@alG .iciiiiisnin Martha Tyler 
Denisllinncracnsannooae, Dr Fendelman [1-3 
Edward EVaMs wiiicscscssnssssssssn Ted Moss 
Scott Fredericks v0... Maximillian Stae 
Edward ArthurP uu... Adam Colby 
Derek Martin......... David Mitchell [1-2 
Geoffrey Hinsliff..............ccuus Jack Tyler [2-4 
Graham SIMPSON .........csssssseeen Hiker [1 


‘Credited as The Doctor in Radio Times 


John Emms, Geoffrey Witherick, David 
Elliott, Roy Peasce........cccsssn Security Guards 
Alf Trustrum.icsns Double for Ted Moss 
Ray Knight, Douglas Stark, Jay McGrath....Men 
George Miller, Martin Grant, Joe Phillips, 
Mark Holmes, David J] Grahame, John 
Delaney, Valerio Martinez, Geoffrey 
Pennells, Leela Hoffman............ Coven Members 


i 


Pe. 


Peter WIG... niin Fendahleen Operator 
Wanda Ventham Fendahl Core 


Written by Chris Boucher 

Incidental Music by Dudley Simpson 
Production Assistant: Prue Saenger 
Production Unit Manager: John Nathan- Turner 
Lighting: Jim Purdie 
S 


ound: Alan Fogg 


Cameraman: Elmer Cossey 
Recordist: Bill Meekums 
isual Effects Designer: Colin Mapson 
pecial Sound: Dick Mills 
ostume Designer: Amy Roberts 
Make-Up Artist: Pauline Cox 
Script Editor: Robert Holmes 
[uncredited: Anthony Read] 
Designer: Anna Ridley 
Producer: Graham Williams 
Director: George Spenton-Foster 
BBC © 1977 


Fil 
Fil 
V 


S 
C 


The cast and 
crew of Image 
of the Fendahl. 


Sy \i3 


‘ y 


OO 


Right: 

Chris Boucher 
script edited 
Blake's 7 and 
created 

Star Cops. 


Profil 


CHRIS BOUCHER 


Writer 


orn Christopher F Boucher in 
1943, in the Essex coastal town 
of Maldon, he was an only child 
and listened keenly to BBC 
radio comedy and drama such 
as science-fiction series Journey 
Into Space (1953-8) and read US science- 
fiction pulp magazines, including Amazing 
Stories. Raised in the Catholic faith, he was a 
choirboy but in later life would vehemently 
renounce religion. 

After leaving school, Boucher spent a year 
in Australia and on returning to England 
briefly worked in a ball bearing factory 
before his father, who worked at Calor 
Gas, found his son a management trainee 
post there. He studied A levels at night 
school before Calor put him through a BA 
Economics course at Essex University. 

He had married wife Lynda (née Macklin) 
in Durham in summer 1966 and in 1969 
she gave up work to have their first son. 


tos) =QOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


Looking for extra income, Boucher began 
writing for television. 

Quickie gags he submitted to Saturday 
late night review Braden’s Week earned a 
then-impressive £5 each. Eventually he won 
a weekly £25 contract for its last series in 
1971/2. Other early comedy credits came 
on The Saturday Crowd (1969), Dave Allen 
at Large (1971-6), holiday camp sitcom 
Romany Jones (1973/4) and transmitted pilot 
Slater’s Day (1974). 

His agent John Hayes suggested Boucher 
expand his oeuvre with something like 
Doctor Who and he submitted a sample 
script for a story called The Silent Scream in 
early 1975. Robert Holmes was impressed 
enough to commission a script from 
Boucher that August, which became 
The Face of Evil |1977 - see Volume 26]. 
Advised to incorporate a prospective new 
companion into his storyline, Boucher 
created Leela, inspired by The Avengers’ 
Emma Peel and the Palestinian terrorist 
Leila Khaled. Holmes asked Boucher to 
write the following serial The Robots of Death 
[1977 - see Volume 26] and again include 
Leela. The two writers subsequently came 
into legal conflict over Boucher’s rights 
claims to Leela, the BBC later awarding him 
a one-off payment. Image of the Fendahl was 
his third and final Doctor Who. A mooted 


4 
Ny 
os 
t 
& 

a 

i 
. 
: 
> 


LAALREET OEE eee ee 


fourth script was scotched 
when Boucher won a script 
editor’s job elsewhere in 
the BBC. 

Robert Holmes had 
passed up an offer to 
become script editor on 
Terry Nation’s new science- 
fiction adventure series 
Blake’s 7 (1978-81), and 
suggested Boucher in his place. Boucher 
immediately resigned from Calor and 
remained with Blake’s 7 for its entire 
four series. Nation’s influence waned 
after the show’s first series leaving 
Boucher, and producer David Maloney, 
as chief creative forces. 

Boucher himself penned nine episodes, 
including the series’ shocking finalé, in 
which all of the regular cast appeared to 
be massacred. This became more fatal than 
Boucher intended when the series was not 
renewed ~ becoming a bloody end rather 
than a thrilling cliffhanger. 

Moving into crime drama for a spell, 
Boucher penned BBC radio murder mystery 
serial A Walk in the Dark (1981). He script 
edited a batch of latter second series 
episodes of Robert Banks Stewart’s detective 
series Shoestring (1980), also supplying 
a Christmas episode script. 


wOCTOR 


WhO’ scheduled on BBC2 in 


He then script edited the third series Left: 
of police drama Juliet Bravo (1982), also ee 
: ; 3 novels by Chris 
supplying one script, then the third and Bouchen 


fourth series of detective show Bergerac 
(1983-85) also writing two episodes. 
Boucher created space-age TV detective 
drama Star Cops (1987), writing five 
episodes of nine made, although he 
ae with producer Evgeny Gridneff 
over many production 
decisions. Carelessly 


summer 1987 it failed in 

the ratings, although it 
found an appreciative cult 
audience. Boucher published 
mail order novelisations of 
five episodes in the mid-90s, 
eventually republished in 
one volume in 2013. 

Moving back into crime drama, he script 
edited the third series of The Bill (1987) 
and later wrote an episode aired in 1990. 
Around this time he also wrote two episodes 
of Jim Davidson’s chauffeur sitcom Home 
James! (1987-90). Boucher performed some 
script editing on Robert Banks Stewart's 
Moon and Son (1992) and was set to work 
on its second series when the show was 
cancelled in pre-production. 

Four Doctor Who novels featuring the 
Fourth Doctor and Leela were published by 
BBC Books; Last Man Running (1998), Corpse 
Marker (1999), Psi-ence Fiction (2001) and 
Match of the Day (2005). 

He approved the Kaldor City audio range 
from 2001, produced by Magic Bullet 
Productions, which drew on characters 
and elements from various Doctor Who and 
Blake’s 7 Boucher scripts. Boucher himself 
wrote the episode Death’s Head (2002). 

Boucher lives in Ascot, Berkshire. He 
has three sons; the youngest, Nathan, 
provided the name for his Star Cops hero 
Nathan Spring. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 108 


THES 
MAKERS 


.* > STORY 95 


Landing on Pluto in the far future, the Doctor 
is surprised to discover it is inhabited. 
The human population is subjugated by 
extortionate taxation, imposed upon them by 
the ruling Company, so the Doctor and Leela 
lend their hands to the rebellion. 


© DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY & 


THE SUN MAKERS 


STORY 95 


Robert Holmes was funny. Even, 
the most serious scriptwriters 
know that the darkest moments 
often have a funny side to them. 
It was possibly a thought that 
entered Holmes’ head when he got his 
tax bill. 

The Sun Makers is, broadly speaking, a 
political satire. It’s not especially partisan 
- it ridicules the kind of excessive taxation 
associated with the left, and yet it’s a 
capitalist system that is oppressing the 
Megropolis workers. Overall, it follows 
the well-trodden path of other Doctor 


b 


society under an evil, dictatorial régime. 


Except that in this case it’s peppered vi 


wry observations like Leela’s reaction to 
Gatherer Hade: “Perhaps everyone runs 
from the tax man.” 

Humour is often a good way of making 
us engage with political ideas. In The 
Happiness Patrol [1988 - see Volume 44], 
we're certainly meant to be amused by 
Sheila Hancock’s impression of Margaret 
Thatcher. She portrayed a leader who 
crushed her planet’s mining community, 
while insisting that everyone has a smile on 
their lips. Later the gross, green Slitheen 


MANY STORIES. 


of A on/World War Three [2005 


—see Volume 49] claimed they had massive 
Es pons of destruction that could be 


deployed in 45 seconds - a joke at the 
expense of Tony Blair’s Labour government 
that was in power at the time. 

Some might argue that Doctor Who 
shouldn't be political. Should 2015’s The 
Zygon Invasion have featured ‘radicalisation’ 
as a theme? Should Nightmare of Eden 
[1979 - see Volume 31] have put forth 
the idea that people can make their own 
choice about whether to take drugs? Did 
the political basis for stories like The Curse 
of Peladon, The Mutants [both 1972 - see 


eee 
ah. 


Introduction 


1988's The 
_Happines. a 


Volume 18] and The Green Deat 
see Volume 20] serve the series well? 
Political issues will inevitably creep into 
y stories, it’s a part of everyday life. «ri . 
Rers is certainly very popular. ~~ 
The unctuous Hade is a delightfully absurd — 
example of the kind of bureaucrat we all 
hate. And despite his small stature, the 
Collector is a larger-then-life villain played 
with relish by Henry Woolf. 
The BBC, since its inception, has aimed 
to inform, educate and entertain. If you 
can make a point about something and 
raise a smile, then surely that’s not such 
a bad thing. “Praise the Company!” 


a 
—_ 
~ 


~ ~~ 
7 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 113 


114 


THE SUN MAKERS =» stowvss 


PART ONE 


Wl na drab corridor in Megropolis One 
| of the planet Pluto, Citizen Cordo 
EEE is informed that his father has died 
and Gatherer Hade is expecting his death 
taxes. Visiting Hade in his office, Cordo 
is horrified to learn that he owes 117 
talmars. As a D-Grade worker, he has no 
hope of paying that. [1] 

The TARDIS materialises on a roof 
overlooking a vast city. [2] Leela spots 
Cordo walking towards the edge. The 
Doctor distracts him, enabling Leela to 
pull him to safety. 

Their arrival is detected by Hade’s 
assistant, Marn. 

Cordo explains that he can’t afford 
to pay his taxes. They hear a siren and 
Cordo tells the Doctor and Leela to run. 
They descend in an elevator, as Hade 
examines the TARDIS which he imagines 
is part of a criminal enterprise to 
smuggle contraband. [3] 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


Cordo says that he has heard of outlaws 
in the undercity, but he is afraid to go 
down there, because there is no light. 
There is no darkness in the city because 
Pluto has six artificial suns. [4] 

Hade and Marn observe on a monitor 
as K9 leaves the TARDIS and follow his 
progress through the subways. 

The Doctor, Leela and Cordo are 
ambushed by the outlaws and brought 
into their base. [5] 

Their leader, Mandrel, tells Cordo that 
if he is to stay with them he will have 
to earn his keep by stealing from the 
upper levels. One of the outlaws, Veet, 
forges a “consumcard”, making it out 
for a thousand talmars. Mandrel tells 
the Doctor to go the “ConsumBank” on 
Subway 37 and if he has not returned by 
the time a candle burns down, they will 
kill Leela. 

The Doctor and Cordo go to the 
ConsumBank where the Doctor enters 
the cubicle and uses the card. The cubicle 
slams shut and fills with gas! [6] 


PART TWO 


ordo hides as two guards wheel the 
cr Doctor away. 

Hade visits the Collector in his 
computer complex and warns him that 
he believes that dissidents are fomenting 
a rebellion. [1] 

The Doctor wakes in the Induction 
Therapy Section of the Correction Centre. 
His fellow captive Bisham informs the 
Doctor he was brought in an hour ago. [2] 

Mandrel tells Leela that her time is up... 
and Cordo arrives with the news that the 
Doctor has been captured. 

The Doctor hops around the Therapy 
Section in his straitjacket, sabotaging the 
equipment. Bisham says he used to work 
at a chemical plant in charge of PCM 
production, which the Doctor recognises 
as an airborne anxiety-inducing agent. 

Leela attempts to rescue the Doctor. [3] 
Cordo goes with her. Emerging from the 
undercity, they meet K9. 


An attendant places helmets on the 
Doctor and Bisham. When he tries to 
switch them on, he is electrocuted. 

Marn informs Hade that the Doctor 
is in the Correction Centre. Hade has 
the Doctor brought to his office and 
gives him the thousand talmars as a ploy 
to allay his suspicions. [4] The Doctor 
leaves, unaware that Marn has keyed the 
tracker system to follow him. 

K9 leads Leela and Cordo to the Therapy 
Section. K9 stuns one of the guards and 
they find and release Bisham. But then 
the stunned guard wakes up and sounds 
the alarm. Hade and Marn watch as 
the Doctor descends into the outlaws’ 
base. He delivers the talmars to Mandrel 
and learns that Leela has gone to the 
Correction Centre. [5] 

Cordo tells Leela they must be daring 
and take the P45 return route. But to 
their horror they find that the guards 
have set up a roadblock - and behind 
them more guards are gliding towards 
them in a cruiser! [6] 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


115 


THE SUN MAKERS =» stv ss 


PART THREE 


eela tells K9 to get out of sight. The 
L cruiser halts and K9 blasts both the 

guards. Leela, Cordo and Bisham 
take their guns and ride the cruiser 
through the roadblock, but Leela is shot 
and falls to the ground. [4] 

Mandrel threatens to burn the Doctor 
if he doesn’t confess to being a spy. Just in 
time, Bisham and Cordo arrive and order 
Mandrel to stop. 

The Doctor tells the outlaws that the 
people in the city would rebel against 
the Company if they were given the 
chance to breathe clean air. [2] All they 
have to do is lower the temperature in 
the vapour chambers. 

Mandrel recalls that they are all 
controlled from the same place. 

Leela is hauled in for questioning by the 
Collector. [3] She reveals that the Doctor 
is a Time Lord. The Collector consults 
with his computer, which informs him 


LX ANNA 


that the Time Lords are the rulers of the 
planet Gallifrey. 

The Doctor outlines his plan. While he 
goes to Main Control, the others should 
scatter through the city and remind the 
people they are human beings. 

The Collector orders Hade to announce 
- and pay - a reward for the Doctor’s 
capture. He also orders him to arrange 
for Leela to be publically executed. [4] 

The Doctor, K9, Bisham, Mandrel 
and Cordo enter Main Control. The two 
workers there, Synge and Hakit, agree to 
join in with the revolution. 

There is a public bulletin announcing 
Leela’s execution. She will be put in a 
condensation chamber in the Exchange 
Hall. The Doctor suggests they cut the 
water supply to the pumps long enough 
for someone to crawl in through a vent 
and get her out. The Doctor climbs in 
and Mandrel gives him two minutes. [5] 

In the Exchange Hall, the Collector 
watches in glee as Leela is sent into the 
condensation chamber. [6] 


16 DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


a2 ERG 


The Collector returns to the computer 
p ART FO U R complex to find the mesmerised guard 


and the Doctor. The Doctor asks the 
he Doctor rescues Leela and they Collector about the Company and learns 
Te it back to Main Control, 
where Bisham announces that the 


that he is Usurian. They gained control 
PCM is clearing from the air faster than 


of humanity by offering to move them 
from the dying Earth to Mars, after their 


expected. The Doctor leaves K9 with the engineers had made that planet habitable. 
outlaws while he heads to the Collector’s Then, when Mars’ resources were 
palace with Leela. [1] exhausted, they moved them to Pluto. [5] 
In one of the dormers, a guard tries to Hearing gunfire, the Doctor tells the 
get the citizens to report for work but Collector to wake up and look at the facts 
they refuse. [2] - waking up the guard. The Collector 
The Doctor and Leela overpower the prepares to implement his contingency 


guard in the computer complex. Leela 
wants to kill him so that he can’t raise 


| plan - killing everyone with a deadly 
poison delivered by sprinklers. But Leela 


the alarm, but the Doctor hypnotises comes around and overpowers the guard. 
him instead. | The Collector becomes agitated by the 
Marn informs Hade some workunits | computer’s economic analysis. Cordo ical 
have gone to the roof and Hade goes to and Mandrel arrive in time to see the 
deal with them. The Doctor opens the Collector go into liquidation, melting 
Company vault and Leela rushes in- only J downa plughole in his chair. [6] 
to be stunned by a forcefield. [3] Back on the roof, the Doctor and Leela 
Hade accosts the citizens on the roof. [4] say their farewells to Cordo, Bisham, 
The citizens, led by Veet, throw him off. Mandrel and the other outlaws. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY a7 


THE SUN MAKERS =» stovss 


Below: 

"High five 
anyone? Oh 
come on, 
don't leave me 
hanging.” 


Pre-pro 


e felt there was room in 
the season for a satire, 
which in fact was what 
The Sun Makers was 
by-and-large, on 
the whole system of 
taxation, at the same time containing 
the elements of an adventure-drama,” 
commented producer Graham Williams in 
the fanzine Gallifrey Issue 7 (spring 1979). 
After three-and-a-half years as script 
editor of Doctor Who, Robert Holmes 
decided to leave the series at the start of 
1977. Producer Philip Hinchcliffe, with 
whom Holmes had enjoyed a good working 


duction 


relationship, was being moved on to 
inherit a new BBC police film series called 
Target; Hinchcliffe’s successor, Graham 
Williams, had already been appointed. 
Holmes wanted the incoming producer to 
have a clean slate, but Williams persuaded 
Holmes to remain on the series for another 
six months to help bridge the transition 
period. Knowing that he would be leaving, 
and therefore no longer having to produce 
scripts at short notice to plug the non- 
delivery of others, Holmes started to 
develop an idea for a new four-part serial 
just after The Talons of Weng-Chiang [1977 - 
see Volume 26] completed production. 


NNN Ne es Pre-production 


The storyline Holmes discussed with 
Williams concerned a world where the 
population is being exploited by a colonial 
power; this would play on facets of 
Britain’s Imperial past, something Holmes 
had drawn upon in earlier scripts. The 
means by which the colonial rulers would 
wield power presented itself to Holmes 
when he read a factual scientific work 
entitled The Iron Sun: Crossing the Universe 
Through Black Holes by Adrian Berry; 
published in April 1977, this discussed 
various ideas including the concept of 
man-made stars and the practicalities 
of the physics involved. The Doctor would 
find himself caught up in an anti-colonial 
rebellion by a group of freedom fighters as a freelance writer. Disliking both Above: 
seeking independence. officialdom ‘prying’ into his affairs and pe pee 

: pe artist. 
the ‘ludicrous’ rules he had encountered, 


\satireoftak Holmes elected to have the rulers of his 
repressive colonial state operate like tax 


iven the go-ahead to develop his officials; having never seen himself as a 
G idea, Holmes set to work. By the serious writer, he saw how the Revenue’s 

time Holmes’ serial had entered ‘absurd’ regulations could be used to 
production, his successor, Anthony Read, humorous effect. Slowly, his new serial, 
was starting to trail him as script editor. The Sun Makers (often erroneously referred 
Read, who had known Williams from to as The Sunmakers in 
both The Troubleshooters and Z Cars, and publicity material), evolved Connections: 
Holmes from various previous projects, from being an anti-colonial Alice 
had originally approached the Doctor Who tract to a full satire of the ® In Part Two of the 
office with a prospective storyline; it had tax and financial worlds. story, when Mandrel tells 
been Holmes who suggested that Read And since a plutocracy was a the Doctor he better have 
should take over from him in spring 1977. society controlled by a small a good story, the Doctor 
Williams had already commissioned Read minority comprising the replies (in a line ad-libbed 
for a script for the unmade BBC/American wealthiest people, the planet by Tom Baker), “Once 
co-production The Zodiac Factor the of Pluto - then referred to as upon a time there were 
previous year. the furthest planet from the three sisters..." Thisis a 

Holmes’ ideas had taken shape by early sun in the solar system - was paraphrase from Alice's 

April, and the formal commission for the an ideal setting. Adventures in Wonderland 
writer came retrospectively on Monday In plotting his story, by Lewis Carroll. The Doctor 
30 May; the target delivery date was set as Holmes took into account had previously begun 
Friday 27 May. However, since his initial the fact that the working telling this same story in 
discussions with Williams, Holmes had relationship between the The Android Invasion [1975 
become engaged in a battle with the Inland } show’s two leads - Tom Baker - see Volume 24] 
Revenue over the taxation of his earnings and Louise Jameson - had 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY ua 


THE SUN MAKERS 


Connections: 
Checkmate 
® The camera script for 
he story specified that 
he chess moves played 
by the Doctor and K9 
in the opening TARDIS 
scene should replicate 
the endgame of the 
eal-life Spassky-Fischer 
confrontation, which took 
place on Sunday 16 July 
1972, Fischer won 
he contest and would later 
come in to conflict with 

he US government 

over a tax 


® STORY 95 


not been at its best over the 


spring of 1977; consequently, 


he separated the characters 
of the Doctor and Leela for 
much of the story to reduce 
interaction between the 
uneasy co-stars. 

Holmes delivered his 
four scripts over the next 
few weeks, and well ahead 
of target: Parts One and 
Two were delivered on 
Friday 13 May, Part Three 
on Wednesday 18 May and 
the concluding script on 
Friday 20 May; these were 
all accepted by Friday 20. 
By now, Holmes’ desire 
to lampoon the British 
tax system had become 


the story’s driving force: the characters 
included a Gatherer who worked for a 
Collector; the state’s main enforcers, 
the Inner Retinue, took their collective 
title from the Inland Revenue; and 
when the Collector finally succumbed 


Below: 

Cordo tells the 
Doctor of his 
tax woes, 


to an ‘inflationary spiral’, he went into 
‘liquidation’, like any other unsuccessful 
business. These elements caused Williams 


0 DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


NANNRRS 


some concern, who had still been 
expecting the anti-colonial piece Holmes 
had outlined; the producer was particularly 
worried about possible allegations of left- 
wing indoctrination in a children’s show. 

In the script for Part One, as Citizen 
Cordo - who ‘wears the drab clothes of a 
D-Grade citizen’ - prepared to jump off 
the parapet, he ‘takes his shabby coat off’; 
he was afflicted by a nervous tic, rubbing 
himself anxiously. By comparison, Hade 
occupied ‘a fine room, almost sumptuous in 
the sombre way befitting Gatherer’s status’; 
when Cordo approached him, Hade ‘opens 
a bill the size of a tabloid newspaper’. 

The Megropolis was described as a 
‘glittering, futuristic place of sweeping 
lines’; production paperwork gave the 
setting as a ‘city on the planet Pluto in the 
year 7 million AD’. Holmes noted that the 
‘ConsumBank’ seen at the end of Part One 
would be situated in the same corridor 
where Cordo had been seen earlier, ‘but 
now with a ConsumBank cubicle at one 
end’ When the Doctor entered the cubicle, 
the machine hummed and a photo-electric 
eye clicked open, emitting ‘choking 
yellow vapour’. 

Hade’s method of transport was a 
‘beamer’, the term being derived from 
business world slang for a BMW, a car 
associated with success; its approach 


would be heralded by a ‘hooting, like a US 
coastguard boat’. At the end of Part One, 
the Doctor attempted to withdraw money 
using a ‘consumcard’, after ‘consumer 
card’. The Gatherer of Megropolis Three, 
who looked after the Ajacks, was named as 
‘Gatherer Pyle’ in Part Two. 

The Company management used 
business phrases when running the 
Megropolis, such as “issue invoice for 
erasure before close of business today” and 
“the account will be settled swiftly”. 

The headquarters of the Others was 
the pump room: ‘A black underground 
chamber. The only light comes from a 
small brazier and a few smoking candles.’ 
Mandrel’s gang was described as ‘the raggle 
taggle Others, holding bludgeons and 
makeshift weapons... mainly men, but two 
or three slatterns among them’. Originally 
Mandrel cracked his whip rather more. One 
of the Others was ‘Veet, the forger, [who is] 
working with an air-stylo on a consumcard.’ 

One of Holmes’ favourite touches was 
the suggested means of escape for Leela’s 
party in Part Two - the ‘P45 return route’ 
(‘P4S’ being an official form listing annual 
earnings following the termination of 


Pre-production 


employment); similarly, the PCM gas used Far = 
: : Gatherer 
to keep the population subjugated came rade 


from the abbreviation for ‘per calendar 
month’ used on tax forms. This long 


his assistant 
Marn enforce 


subway was the venue for the Part Two cee a 
cliffhanger, in which Leela’s party would without pity 
encounter a Megro guard cruiser carrying 
men using carbines and machine guns 
firing electron blasts. 

n Part Two, writer Robert Holmes 
I outlined the Collector and his 

computer complex in some detail: 
‘Nerve-centre of the palace. The Collector 
is crouched over a desk that is itself built 
into the computer line. Paper spews 
occasionally from the machine on his left. 
After scanning it, he frequently carries out 
computations of his own on the calculator 
within the desk top. The resulting cards 
he feeds into the machine on his right. ee 
Apparently myopic, he works two inches K9 (not so) 
from the desk surface and rarely raises quietly goes 
his eyes from the flow of paper even a 
when - as now ~ he is conversing. The helping to 
visitor thus talks mainly to an enormous, save the day. 


hairless, bullet-shaped dome. There is 


presumably some blood in 
the Collector somewhere 
but it doesn’t show. He is 
grey as far as the eye can 
see. His voice, contrasting 
oddly with his saggy bulk, 
is thin and febrile’ In 

Part Three, the Collector 
was shown to get around 
by ‘sitting on an electric 
mobothrone’; in a draft of 
Part Four, Leela was to tell 
the Doctor that the alien 
‘sits on his mobothrone’. In 
the final instalment - after 
the Collector ‘speeds into 


Connections: 

Ninth planet 

» KS explains that Pluto 
was believed to be the 
outermost body in Earth's 
Solar System until the 
discovery of Cassius. 


Presumably named after 
the Roman philosopher and 
soldier Cassius Longinus, 
who was one of the men 
who assassinated Julius 
Caesar in 44 BC, Cassius is 
a fictional celestial body. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY ce 


Above: 

Tom Baker and 
Henry Woolf 
rehearse their 
confrontation 
in Part Four. 


the room in his mobothrone’, the Doctor 


identified him as a Usurian from Usurious, 


describing the fungi lifeform’s appearance 
as ‘like sea-kale with eyes’. When the 
computer’s nine zero nine data caused 
the Collector to liquidate, the seat of the 
chair was now revealed to be ‘rather like a 
circular, stainless steel sink. In its base is a 
plug hole down which a final few pints of 
green liquid are gurgling’ 

The script for Part Three originally 
indicated that there had not been a 
public steaming in years. In preparation 
for her execution, Leela was ‘strapped 
into a plastic container’; once inside 
the condensation chamber, the ‘echoing 
rumble is appallingly loud and close - 
like water hammer magnified a hundred 


az2_ DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


times’. The device which stunned Leela in 
Part Four was referred to as an Autoguard 
Shield; a plan to ‘kill off’ Leela at the end 
of the serial had apparently been very 
briefly considered. Holmes specified that 
the Megropolis video screens should 
show the Company image, a ‘rotating sun 
symbol’. When Hade prepared to meet his 
doom, the angry crowd’s dialogue included 
the lines: “Shut up, rubber-guts!”; “String 
the old swine up!”; “Chuck him over the 
edge!”; and, “Let’s see if old rubber-guts 
bounces...” In the closing scenes, Leela’s 
knife was meant to pin the sleeve of the 
Doctor’s guard to a cabinet, as opposed 
to hitting him in the back. 

The robot dog K9, recently introduced 
at short notice in Bob Baker and Dave 


Martin’s The Invisible Enemy [1977 - see 
page 44], was still finding its place in 
Robert Holmes’ The Sun Makers scripts. 
There were numerous references to K9’s 
‘antennae wagging’ (such as when he wants 
to leave the TARDIS). Later, Hade watched 
on a monitor as the metal dog ‘butts 
through the door’. At one point during 

the subway scenes, K9’s ‘dynamo emits a 
doleful whine’ - and when carrying out a 
task for the Doctor in Part Three, the robot 
originally observed: “It was a bagatelle, 
Master.” Notably, in Part Four, Holmes 
indicated that: ‘K9’s blaster juts from his 
chest and his antennae wags [sic]. 

In the opening TARDIS scene, where 
the Doctor was losing to K9 at chess, 
Holmes originally indicated that the 
Doctor ‘pulls his scarf irritably around 
him and succeeds in toppling several 
pieces. He replaces them. 


20 January to work on the serial was 

freelancer Pennant Roberts, who had 
directed The Face of Evil [1977 - see Volume 
26] the previous autumn; since then, 
Roberts had been working on the BBC 
Scotland series The Mackinnons. Roberts 
felt that he was very much in accord with 
the new producer, and was particularly 
delighted with the dry humour in Holmes’ 
scripts. In association with Holmes, 
Roberts suggested some changes, adding 
jokes such as the Doctor offering Gatherer 
Hade a humbug (the word also meaning 
a fraud or a sham) and - following the 
‘P45 return route’ gag - changing Part 
One’s ‘Subway 46’ to ‘Subway CT1’ (CT1 
being the Inland Revenue’s Corporation 
Tax Return form). Holmes tended to write 
for men, and Roberts thought that there 
would be a better contrast between the 


T he director contracted on Thursday 


Pre-production 


characters if Hade’s assistant 
Marn were female; likewise, 
the role of Rashif, another of 
the male gang members who 
attacked Leela in Part One, 
was amalgamated into that 
of Veet. 

Williams was concerned by 
the ‘jokey’ air that Roberts 
brought to Holmes’ already 
slightly comedic scripts. 
Holmes had originally stated 
that the alien Collector’s race 
was known as the ‘Userers’, 
derived from the Latin term 
for one who lends money at exorbitant 
interest rates. Williams disliked this - and, 
although Holmes and Roberts both fought 
to retain it, the name was changed to 
Usurians, to make the origin less obvious. 
(For a while, they were ‘Saurians’, and 
referred to as such in the Synopsis for the 
Deaf issued for the serial late in 1977.) 

Make-up and costumes for The Sun 
Makers were designed by Janis Gould and 


Connections: 

Low market 

value 

® When Leela reveals to the 
Collector that the Doctor is 
a Time Lord, the Company 
computer correctly 
identifies the Doctor's 
people as “oligarchic rulers 
of the planet Gallifrey’, and 
claims that the planet's 
potential for market 
development is low, 


Christine Rawlins respectively; although Below: 
' ; The Usurians 

Gould was new to the series, Rawlins Company 

had worked on the 1970 series. Peter technicians. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY a 


THE SUN MAKERS 


Connections: 


Twisted pr: 


® Hade recites what he 


claims is an 


saying; “There's one 
acorn in every barrel.” 


correct Sayi 


the fourteenth century, is: 


‘There is on 
in every ba 


the story, H 
to the Doctor by saying 


“To er 
correct orig 


err is human, to forgive, 


divine,’ has 


in Alexander Pope's 
eighteenth-century 
work, An Essay 
on Criticism. 


Right: 

In the depths 
of Megropolis 
One. 


rel,’ Later in 


is computer.” The 


® STORY 95 


Day was the original visual 
effects designer assigned to 
the serial, but he was then 
promoted to being a design 
manager, and the work was 
completed at short notice 

by his design assistant Peter 
Logan. This was Logan’s first 
formal credit, having been an 
effects assistant since Inferno 
[1970 - see Volume 16]. 

The guns for the story were 
designed by Logan and made 
by Logan’s assistant, Rhys 
Jones. The helmets worn at 
the Correction Centre were 
made from items such as an 
oil container, old earphones 
and salt and pepper shakers. 

The set designer was 
Tony Snoaden, who had 
previously worked on The 
Sea Devils {1972 - see Volume 18]. Taking 
the idea of the Company suns, Snoaden 
looked at Aztec-inspired work by a trio of 
Mexican propagandist artists, David Alfaro 
Siqueiros, Diego Rivera and José Clemente 
Orozco. Unfortunately, the budget 
allocations on the show did not allow 
Snoaden the full range of Aztec styles, and 
Roberts had changed his mind about the 
look of Pluto’s Megropolis One during 
pre-production. Instead, Snoaden drew 
inspiration from the spartan, economic 
work of a 1920s Dutch designer. 

The main location required was the 
Megropolis One rooftop where the 
TARDIS materialises in Part One; 

Roberts had opted to shoot these scenes 
on film, even though Holmes’ script 

had suggested that they should be 
recorded in the studio. For two weeks, 
the production team considered various 
high roofs in London - atop the newly 
constructed Barbican Centre, for example 


overbs 
old Earth 
otten 
The 
ng, dating from 


erotten apple 


ade apologi 


inal saying, ‘To 


its origins 


12h DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


NSANNRRAS 


- but found it impossible to find a venue 
where the city skyline would not be seen. 
Roberts then realised that what was 
needed was not a high roof, but simply 

a large one; the scale itself would form 

the horizon for the viewer. The impression 
of height could then be given by the use 

of models. 


he problem was solved by 
T production assistant Leon Arnold, 
who discovered an ideal site in The 
Architectural Review: the WD & HO Wills 
Tobacco Factory, Hartcliffe Way, Bristol 
which had opened in 1974. Roberts looked 
into the site some more, and discovered 
that the premises also had a 300-yard 
corridor linking the main factory and the 
office block suitable for various scenes 
bridging Parts Two and Three. Because the 
venue was so ideal, Roberts - a Welshman 
familiar with the area - was able to make 
a strong case to take his cast and crew 
out to the West Country for several days, 
rather than shoot in or around the more 


convenient Home Counties, as was 
the norm. 


Auditions for The Sun Makers were held 


in mid-May, with Roberts seeing actors 
including Bill Wallis, Carl Forgione, Peter 
Benson, Penelope Horner and Geraldine 
Moffat. The main guest star was Dublin- 
born Richard Leech as Gatherer Hade: 
Leech, whose films included A Night to 
Remember, had undertaken less television 
work since his stint as Dr Roger Hayman 
in the BBC1 soap The Doctors because 

of problems with deafness (which he 
overcame by lip-reading). Qualified in 
medicine and a regular columnist in World 
Medicine, he had never seen Doctor Who, but 
knew that Roberts was a nephew of writer 
and actor Emlyn Williams and accepted 
the role, playing Hade like Poobah from 
the Gilbert and Sullivan opera The Mikado. 
Leech got on well with Tom Baker and 
interviewed him for one of the medical 
journals that he contributed to. 

For Goudry, Roberts cast Michael 
Keating, a member of his informal 
‘repertory company’ since a 1972 episode 
of Doomwatch; shortly after The Sun Makers, 
Roberts successfully recommended Keating 
to producer David Maloney for the role of 
Vila in Blake’s 7 which started production 


Pre-production 


in September 1977 with Roberts as one of 
the directors. Keating got on very well with 
Tom Baker, being particularly grateful to the 
show’s star for pouring him into a taxi to 
get him home one night after rehearsals... 

The part of Marn went to Icelandic 
actress Jonina Scott (born Jonina 
Olafsdéttir) whom Roberts knew having 
directed her husband, David Ashton, in 
an episode of the BBC1 drama Sutherland’s 
Law and also in an episode of BBC 
Scotland’s The Mackinnons. Cast as Bisham 
was David Rowlands, whom Roberts 
had directed in Depot, an episode of The 
Regiment screened in 1973. Louise Jameson 
was also delighted to be reunited with 
Australian actress/journalist Adrienne 
Burgess who was playing Veet; the pair had 
shared a flat together when working in rep 
in St Andrews in 1972. 

Tom Baker and Louise Jameson had 
finished recording Horror of Fang Rock 
[1977 - see page 12] at the BBC’s Pebble 
Mill Studios in Birmingham early in June; 
they were now rejoined by John Leeson, 
who had voiced K9 in The Invisible Enemy 
in April and was contracted to do the 
same for The Sun Makers 
on Monday 30 May 1977. 
Roberts found that since Sunshine 
he had last worked on the » Learning that t 
series, Baker had become 
even more demanding and 
proprietorial about both 
the show and the Doctor’s 
character. Jameson was 
delighted both with the 
scripts - which she thought 
had genuine Marxist political 
motivation and allowed Leela 
to drive the action - and to 
be working with Roberts 
again. Leeson was similarly 
delighted with the witty 
scripts for the serial. 


been impresse 
astronomer Ga 


mathematician 
a major contrib 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY as 


Left: 

The Doctor 
does not like 
hearing what 
Bisham has 
to say about 
the Correction 
Centre. 


Connections: 


1 


nere are 


six artificial suns providing 
perpetual daylight to Pluto, 
the Doctor comments 

that “Galileo would have 


d" Italian 
ileo Galilei 


1564-1642) was an Italian 
astronomer, physicist, 
engineer, philosopher and 


who made 
ution to the 


scientific revolution of the 
seventeenth century. 


Above: 

“My dear old 
thing, all you 
need is a wily 
accountant!" 


Producti 


he three-day shoot in Bristol 

began on Monday 13 June, 

with the crew travelling in 

the morning to film in the 

afternoon from 1.30pm through 

to a projected wrap of 8pm. 
Rooftop scenes were scheduled for the 
first day, with a strict warning being issued 
to everyone involved that the roof was a 
suspended structure with no supports, 
and they should not run, jump or hop on 
it: ‘Should you fall through, the ground 


126 DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


is approx. 3 floors below and we are only 
taking elastoplasts!!!’ Roberts hoped 
that the British summer would give him 
the sunshine he required; however, the 
crew were rewarded with three days of 
fine drizzle. Instead of shooting four 
scenes on the roof for Part One, interiors 
showing the Doctor, Leela, Cordo and K9 
in the lift were filmed, along with some 
material showing the Doctor’s party hiding 
in a roof vent. The evening was spent 
shooting scenes inside the factory itself 


which had been originally planned for the 
Wednesday: the Part Three scene showing 
the Doctor’s group in the subway (filmed 
in the Power House Tunnel), plus a Part 
Two scene filmed in the ‘dog bone’ tunnel, 
in which the Doctor evades two Megro 
Guards. When one of the extras was taken 
ill, Ron Rogers, a member of Wills’ training 
staff, donned a guard’s outfit and took his 
place. The arrival of the Doctor Who cast 
and crew caused great interest among the 
factory workers, with the unit bus being 
mobbed by people trying to get Tom 
Baker’s autograph. 


D team shot the two Part Four 
sequences showing Hade’s demise 
and the Doctor’s departure, the following 
afternoon when work had been planned to 
run from 1.30pm to 11pm. The Gatherer’s 
costume had been fashioned after a 
humbug, emphasising the Doctor’s joke 
in Part Two; a dressed dummy was used 
for the shot of the Gatherer being hurled 
off the roof. The crew were in turn filmed 
by a team from the BBC regional news 
programme Points West, which broadcast 
coverage of The Sun Makers in production 
in the BBC Wenvoe area at 5.55pm that 
day. Simple ‘pyjama suit’ costumes, 

each bearing the ‘sun face’ emblem of 

the Company, were worn by the walk- 
ons playing workunits. That evening, 

the crew moved to inside the HO Link 
Tunnel: a short Part Two scene in which 
Cordo dodges two Megro Guards was 
abandoned, and the crew concentrated 
on the P45 Corridor barricade sequence 
running over Parts Two and Three. There 
were problems getting the Megro Guards’ 
buggy (a redressed golf cart) into the long 
passageway, which had been dressed with 


Production 


Snoaden’s sun feed props. Leela’s dialogue 
was changed slightly so that she referred 
to a “barrier”, not a “checkpoint”. The 
Megro Guards’ guns incorporated flash 
charges, meaning that each could only fire 
once in any given shot. Disregarding the 
script, Pennant Roberts did not ask Louise 
Jameson to perform a stunt fall from the 
moving buggy. 

All the Part One rooftop scenes put 
back from the Monday were filmed in 
the semi-mist from 11.30am to 5.30pm 
on Wednesday 15 June, the final day at 
Bristol. Where the Doctor offers Cordo, as 
scripted, a jelly baby, Baker in fact held out 
a liquorice allsort. This was a bitterly cold 
location because of its exposed nature, 
and Tom Baker used the Doctor’s scarf 
to help wrap up the scantily clad Louise 
Jameson to keep her warm; 


unfortunately on another Connections: 
occasion at the factory, Snacking 
her costume had in fact ® Offered a raspberry 


fallen off... 


leaf by Hade, the 


Above: 
Model design 
sketches for 
Megropolis 
One. 


The presence of the Doctor 
Who crew continued to cause 
great excitement among 
Wills’ workers; filming 


coincided with the company’s 


annual Family Sports Day, 


Doctor identifies it by 

its Latin proper name as 
“Rubus idaeus” - and the 
ignorant Hade attempts 
to correct him. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY a 


THE SUN MAKERS 


Connections: 

Choice words 

® Hade tells Marn that he 
has formulated a plan - 

“I call it Morton's Fork, 

in honour of one of my 
illustrious predecessors.” 
‘Morton's Fork’ is a term 
used to describe a piece 

of misleading reasoning 

in which two seemingly 
contradictory observations 
ead to the same 
conclusion, The term has 
its origins with John Morton 
c1420-1500), the Lord 
Chancellor of England from 
1487 to his death, who 


argued that everyone could 

\ afford to pay taxes, 
regardless of their 
circumstances. 


® STORY 95 


and Baker spent time signing 
autographs. Pictures from 
the shoot were printed in the 
Thursday 23 June edition 

of the company newspaper 
Wills World, in which Baker 
promised that employees’ 
children who had not 
managed to get an autograph 
on the day could have one 

if they wrote to him c/o 

the BBC. 

Shooting from 10.30am to 
5.30pm on Thursday 16 June 
took place in the network of 
service tunnels forming the 
Camden Deep Tube Shelter, 
Camden Town, London. 
Early in 1976, Roberts had 
used this location for The 
Lights of London Part Two, 
an episode of the BBC’s 
post-apocalyptic drama 
Survivors, and once again 


won the co-operation of the Property 
Services Agency to use the tunnels as the 
underground of Megropolis One in all 
four episodes of The Sun Makers. Shooting 
commenced with the scene where Cordo 
talks to the Others at a crossroads, moving 
to an area designated ‘F1’ for the Part One 
monitor screen shots showing K9. Work 
continued in the Sump, where the Part One 
scene in which the Doctor and Cordo meet 
up with K9 and the Part Two scene in which 
Leela and Cordo rejoin the dog were filmed. 
Friday 17 June began at the North 
End of the tunnels, where shots of the 
Doctor in the subways, as seen by Hade 
in Part Two, went before the cameras. 
With shooting by now running late, 
two corridor scenes due to be filmed at 
the ‘T1 Lower Deck’ were abandoned 
and rescheduled for studio; these were 
the Part Three scenes set beside the sun 


128 DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


feeds, where the Doctor sets up his video 
loop. Instead, filming for Part One took 
place on the lower deck’s main staircase, 
which was where Cordo tells the Doctor 
and Leela about Pluto’s suns, before their 
subsequent encounter with the Others was 
filmed in area T1’s ‘Min Tunnel’. The Part 
Four strike scene was also filmed on this 
day, the only day that Tom Kelly’s Guard 
was required (Roberts had previously used 
Kelly as a guard in The Face of Evil). Baker 
then had a busy weekend, making personal 
appearances at Rotherham Miners’ Gala 
on the Saturday and at the Blackpool 
Doctor Who Exhibition on the Sunday. 

The troubled shooting schedule was set 

to conclude with more Part Two tunnel 
scenes at Camden on Monday 20 June, 

but only one of the sequences planned was 
completed on the day (a scene showing 
Leela, Cordo and K9 in a subway, which 
was shot in the ‘Al’ area); three other 
scenes, largely covering K9’s stunning of a 
gate guard, were abandoned - as was a plan 
to film a limited number of model shots 


establishing the Megropolis One cityscape 
at the Visual Effects Workshop in Acton 
on the Monday afternoon. In total, some 
19 minutes of The Sun Makers had been 
captured on 16mm film over the six days. 

Studio rehearsals began at the BBC’s 
Acton rehearsal rooms around Saturday 
25 June. 

Recording of The Sun Makers got 
underway in Studio 3 at the BBC’s 
Television Centre on Monday 4 July; the 
first evening’s work ran between 8pm 
and 10pm. Recording began with the 
two TARDIS scenes for the first and final 
instalments, after which Part One was 
recorded almost entirely in sequence, 
with the lengthy film inserts played 
back on cue. Colour Separation Overlay 
(CSO) inlay was used to add the image of 
Megropolis One to the TARDIS scanner. 
For the sudden lurch of the TARDIS in 
Part Four, the camera was jerked and the 
hatstand rigged to fall over on cue. The 
Gatherer’s office set had a huge sun face 
symbol suspended above a raised area at 


the rear (a surviving remnant of Snoaden’s 
early ideas about Aztec-inspired design); 


' the set also included colour monitors on 


which film sequences involving K9 and 
the Doctor were shown. For the scene 
where the Doctor and Leela look out 
across Megropolis One, a colour caption 
slide was inserted into the film sequence 
to give their point of view. The largest and 
most complicated set was the pump room, 
where the Others lived; this was a multi- 
level structure entered via manhole tubes 


and ladders built on scaffolding. 


Cosy, OS 


he material set in the corridors 
T around the ConsumBank was 

recorded at the end of the evening, 
with a small amount of resequencing being 
used to redress the set. Williams felt that 
the humorous elements had gone too far 
when he saw that the ‘consumcard’ which 
Roberts wanted to use looked like a large 
Barclaycard; the producer was concerned 
that this could be interpreted as an act 
of product placement on BBC Television, 
and so differently coloured tape was added 
to the prop in an attempt to disguise the 
similarities. Closing titles for 
Part One and opening titles 
for Part Two were taped next. 

Tuesday S July began 

with a morning recording 
session between 11am and 
noon, covering the corridor 
scenes in Part Two. It was 


Connections: 
Marnist claim 
® When the Doctor 
rallies Mandrel's Others in 
Part Three, he deliberately 
misquotes Karl Marx's 
nineteenth-century work 


Production 


Left: 
The Gatherer's 
office. 


discovered that the Megro The Communist Manifesto 
Guard stunned by K9 would by suggesting that the 
need to crouch down so that only thing they have to 

a convincing red stun beam lose is "your claims” The 
effect could be superimposed full original quote is: ‘The 
onto the picture. The bulk proletarians have nothing 


of the day’s recording took 
place between 7.30pm and 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY ro 


to lose but their chains.’ 


THE SUN MAKERS =» stoves 


Right: 

Having no hair 
himself, the 
Collector is 
fascinated by 
the Doctor's 
curls. 


Connections: 
Colony world 


® In amark of continuity 

to her début story, 

The Face of Evil 

[1977 - see Volume 26], 

Leela refers to her tribe, 

the Sevateem, when 

talking to the Collector, 
ich the Company's 
nputer identifies as a 
generate unsupported 
colony” Author 
Robert Holmes had 
previously used the term 
‘Tellurian’ to identify 
human beings in Carnival 
of Monsters [1973 - see 


urian 


Volu 


me 19]. The 
literal meaning is 
‘of the Earth’ 


10pm, beginning with all the pump room 
scenes for Parts Two and Three, in which 
stuntman Max Faulkner (a Doctor Who 
veteran) played the Other who attacks 
Leela in Part Two and the Doctor at the 
start of the next episode; for her scene with 
Faulkner, Jameson was taught moves using 
the techniques of the Japanese martial art 
aikido. Cameras moved to the Gatherer’s 
office set for more Parts Two and Three 
scenes, and recording concluded with 

the corridor scenes for Parts Three and 
Four; here, Baker again ad-libbed dialogue 
(about the order that the Doctor’s party 
should proceed in). For the Part Four 
scene in which Marn sees the revolution 
announced, an inlay using both the 
Megropolis caption card and a rotating sun 
symbol (akin to the BBC’s ‘globe’ ident) 
was placed on a wall screen. 

Rehearsals for the second studio began 
on Wednesday 6 July, when the cast was 
joined by Henry Woolf as the 
Collector. Woolf, one of the 
first actors cast, had enjoyed 
a career ranging from Harold 
Pinter plays to Frost’s Weekly 
to Rutland Weekend Television; 
Roberts had wanted to 
work with him since seeing 
him appear in Max Frisch’s 
play The Fire Raisers at the 
Royal Court in London in 
1961/2. Woolf's casting as 
the Collector went directly 
against the script, which 
described the character as 
‘enormous’. Holmes had in 
mind a ‘Sydney Greenstreet’ 
type character, referring 
to the large actor who had 
played a sinister character 
in the 1941 movie of The 
Maltese Falcon. Also joining 
the cast was Derek Crewe, a 


0 DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


~ NANANNNRRAS 


semi-regular in the first series of Thames’ 
The Tomorrow People, as Synge. 

The Collector scenes were built upon 
in rehearsals, with Roget’s Thesaurus being 
used to expand upon the many fawning 
titles with which Gatherer Hade was 


to address the Collector - for example, 
“Highmost”, “Hugeness”, “Amplification”, 
“Voluminousness”, “Globosity”, 
“Sublimity”, “Sagacity”, “Omniscience’, 
“Monstrosity”, “Omnipresence” and 
“Grossness”. If a large actor had been 
cast as the Collector, as suggested by the 
script, some of Hade’s comments would 
have referred to his size rather than just 
his status. Henry Woolf suggested that, 
since his character would be bald, the 
alien should be envious of the Doctor’s 
hair; he would therefore run his fingers 
through Tom Baker’s curls in Part Four’s 
prospectus-reading sequence. 

Recording recommenced on Sunday 17 
July, and for the following two days, from 
7.30pm to 10pm in TC6 at Television 
Centre. The evening was spent taping the 
Part Three scenes in the Exchange Hall, 
followed by the Parts Three and Four 
scenes in the condenser and then the 
remaining Part Four Exchange Hall scenes. 
Wearing a flesh-coloured skullcap to give 
the impression of baldness, Woolf made his 
first appearance as the Collector; inspired 
to cross the images of a City businessman 
and a wealthy Middle Easterner, Rawlins 


had given the Collector a sort of pinstriped 
kaftan, complete with handkerchief. The 
Collector’s ‘mobothrone’ was realised as 

a converted electronic wheelchair. The 
steaming sequence required numerous 
specially recorded inserts, such as the 
shot of Leela entering the condensation 
chamber along a railway track. The sound 
heard by the audience was originally 

to have been ‘sexaphonic’, but this was 
changed to ‘duodecaphonic’ on recording. 
All of Mandrel’s radio dialogue had been 
pre-recorded. 


T he next day, Monday 18 July, the 


London Evening Standard carried a 

story (Tardis trip to future film meets 
setback) about how Baker had been sent 
around 8,000 contributions of money 
towards the proposed movie Doctor Who 
Meets Scratchman after commenting about 
the problems the would-be producers had 
experienced in financing the film in the 
Sunday Mirror some time previously: all 
the money sent in was being returned 
(it transpired that the British Board of 
Film Finance had offered half the money 
for the proposed feature, but various 
City banks had subsequently indicated 
that they would only be interested in 
a three-film package). 


That evening’s recording 
session ran from 7.30pm 
to 10pm, starting with the 
computer complex scenes 
in Parts Two and Three; this 
set made use of enlarged 
diagrams of printed circuit 
boards provided by the 
American company AMT. 
John Leeson provided the 
‘zero zero five’ and ‘nine 
zero nine’ computer voices. 
The Therapy Section scenes 
in Part Two were recorded 
next; these had been subject 
to a last-minute rewrite, so 
that the Doctor leaves his 
jelly babies behind with 
Bisham, giving evidence of 
his presence which Leela and 
Cordo find later on. Scenes in 


Production 


Connections: 
Going mad 
® The Doctor accuses 


the Collector of being “mad 
as ahatter’ This phrase 
seemingly has its origins 

in Lewis Carroll's Alice's 
Adventures in Wonderland, 
which features a hatter 
who is indeed quite mad. 
However, prior to the 
publication of Carroll's 
work, it was believed in 
Georgian and Victorian 
times that the chemicals 
used by milliners caused 
mental instability, giving 
rise to the phrase ‘mad as 

a hatter’ 


Part Three required Leela to be confined in 
a straitjacket, an experience which Jameson 
disliked... even more when the crew left 
her suspended and helpless on the wall 
during a recording break! A fuzzy grey 
video effect referred to as a ‘Hairy Ready 
Brek’ (after a warm glow seen surrounding 
figures in contemporaneous television 
commercials for the breakfast cereal Ready 
Brek) was added to a shot of the attendant 
who falls foul of the Doctor’s tampering. 
The film bridging Parts Two and Three was 


transferred next; the reprise for Part Three 
had an extra opening shot, plus different 
material where the cruiser approaches 
Leela’s party; red inlay was used where K9 


Left: 

Mandrel has 
“no conviction” 
in his eyes. 


fires his gun. Part Three’s Therapy Section 
scenes followed; a plan to open one of 
these with a zoom in on the Megropolis 
caption was abandoned. Taping concluded 
with the closing titles for Part Three. 
Tuesday 19 July was the final studio day 
with an evening session from 7.30pm to 
10pm. Part Four’s titles and film transfers 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY a 


Above: 
Leelais taken 
to the Collector 
inascene 
rehearsal, 


were recorded first, followed by scenes set 
in the computer complex early in the final 
episode. Stuntman Stuart Fell played the 
guard attacked by Leela in the complex, 
and an inlay of green lines played around 
Jameson in the scene where Leela runs into 
the Company vault. Baker changed the 
Doctor’s scripted line “You'll live” to “Why 
don’t you girls listen to me?” 

All the Part Three and Four scenes in 
Main Control were recorded next. These 
used a taped computer voice, plus several 
inlay effects; images of electronic static, 
‘mug-shots’ of the Doctor and Leela and 
scenes recorded on the Exchange Hall set 
were all seen on the monitor screens. By 
now, K9 was firmly established as part 
of the line-up, with Leeson ad-libbing 
comments such as “Good luck, Master” in 


CNANNANAS 


Part Three; the brief search for K9 at the 
start of Part Four had been a late addition. 
Recording the scene where Cordo enters 
and fires his gun in delight, actor Roy 
Macready found that the prop refused to 
‘fire’ - and his many attempts to make 

the gun work were preserved on the BBC 
VT Engineers’ 1978 Christmas tape White 
Powder Christmas. 

The last scene recorded was the Doctor’s 
confrontation with the Collector in the 
computer complex for Part Four, which 
necessitated a run-on to imply Leela 
hurling her knife at the guard played by 
Fell. Originally, the Doctor was supposed 
to call the Collector “You infinite nothing!” 
In the closing minutes of a recording which 
had already over-run, video effects designer 
AJ “Mitch” Mitchell battled to pull off the 
shrinking and liquidation of the Collector 
successfully, using a combination of inlay 
and CSO effects: Woolf crouched on a set 
covered in CSO cloth, with the camera 
focused on him zooming out to make the 
Collector appear to shrink when the image 
was laid over a shot of his mobothrone; 

a green glow was placed over Woolf as the 
Collector fades away, becoming a green 
blob. Mitchell was unhappy with this 
rushed effect, which had been crammed 
into the end of the studio session; it was 
this experience, in fact, that persuaded him 
to leave the BBC and go freelance. Ml 


PRODUCTION 

Mon 13 Jun 77 WD & HO Wills Tobacco 
Factory, Hartcliffe, Bristol (Lift Landing/ 
Lift/Roof Vents/Subway) 

Tue 14 Jun 77 WD &HO Wills Tobacco 


Factory (Roof) 

Wed 15 Jun 77 WD SHO Wills Tobacco 
Factory (Roof) 

Thu 16 Jun 77 Camden Deep Tube 
Shelter, Camden Town, London (Subway) 


132 DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


Fri 17 Jun 77 Camden Deep Tube Shelter 
(Subway/Main Staircase) 

Mon 20 Jun 77 Camden Deep Tube 
Shelter (Subway); BBC Visual Effects 
Workshop: Model filming 

Mon 4 Jul 77 Television Centre Studio 3: 
Part One; TARDIS for Part Four; Corridor 
and Subway for Part Two 

Tue 5 Jul 77 Television Centre Studio 

3: Part Two; Pump Room for Part Three; 


Corridor for Part Four 

Sun 17 Jul 77 Television Centre Studio 
6: Exchange Hall; Condenser; Computer 
Complex for Parts Two and Three 

Mon 18 Jul 77 Television Centre 

Studio 6: Therapy Section; Computer 
Complex for Part Four 

Tue 19 Jul 77 Television Centre Studio 6: 
Main Control; Computer Complex for 

Part Four 


SAN NN. 


Production | Post-production 


Post-production 


arts One and Two were edited 
on Monday 25 July. Part One 
required only one minor timing 
cut: this came at the end of a 
scene where Hade, watching 

K9 and eating a raspberry leaf, 
remarked upon how the ‘lawbreakers’ are 
very clever to use machines as carriers. Two 
consecutive scenes were removed from Part 
Two: the first was the short film sequence 
in the subway where the Doctor saw two 
Megro Guards (one of which was the one 
played by WD & HO Wills employee Ron 
Rogers); the other was a corridor scene 
showing Leela’s party on its way to the 
Correction Centre. In the latter, Leela 
turned a corner and ducked back, having 
seen three workunits standing silently in a 
line. Cordo explained that they were waiting 
to be erased: “It’s their deathday... When 
workunits become too sick or old to meet 
their output quotas their body material is 
redeployed. It is called business economy.” 
“T call it murder,” said Leela; Cordo said 
these people would not bother them. 


‘special soundeffects 


ie art Three was edited without cuts on 


Wednesday 27 July; the reprise at the 

start of the episode was different to 
the action seen at the end of Part Two. A 
few trims were needed on the final episode 
on Wednesday 24 August. Some material 
showing the workunits filing out of the 
Exchange Hall was shortened, and then a 
corridor scene was cut: here, Cordo and 
the rampaging workunits caused Marn to 
flee and collide with Hade; she warned him 
to get back as electron bolts ricocheted past 


them, explaining that the workunits had 
killed her two guards. The air conditioning 
had been sabotaged, she continued, and the 
rebels had taken over Main Control; Hade 
went to notify the Collector. 

First edits were broadcast of all except 
the final episode, where a second edit 
was used. 

Regular Doctor Who composer Dudley 
Simpson provided around 25 minutes’ 
worth of incidental music for The Sun 
Makers; this was recorded by six musicians 
around August. The organ was played by 
Leslie Pearson, while percussionist Tristan 
Fry struck railway tracks for the scenes 
where Leela enters the ‘steamer’. Dick 
Mills, the BBC Radiophonic Workshop 
sound effects expert usually responsible 
for Doctor Who, was away on holiday, so his 
colleague Paddy Kingsland created all the 
special sounds for the serial; Kingsland had 
been assigned to the serial (then referred 
to as The Sunmakers) in May and undertook 
the work during August. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY a 


Below: 
“Show me 
the money!" 


THE SUN MAKERS =» stxvss 


Publicit 


Right: ® The Sun Makers was promoted on 

ea BBC1 by a 39-second trailer broadcast 

Makersis at 6.34pm on Saturday 19 November, 

promoted by directly after the final episode of Image A new adventure for Dr Who when } 

eines. of the Fendahl [1977 - see page 82]; in eset hacia a 
Radio Times, the programme listing monochrome photograph of Tom 
for Part One was accompanied by a Baker taken during the Camden shoot. 

® The serial was broadcast in the usual Following Part Four on Saturday 17 

Saturday 6.05pm slot on BBC1, December, no new episodes were 
with ITV competition including the aired until Underworld [see Volume 
American telefantasy series Man from 28] on Saturday 7 January 1978; 
Atlantis in regions such as LWT, ATV the one-off Superpets programme 
and Southern; areas like Yorkshire replaced Doctor Who on Christmas Eve 
and Granada, meanwhile, opted for (when Underworld had originally been 
the popular talent show New Faces. planned to air) and on New Year’s 


Eve the first instalment of a two-part 
compilation of The Robots of Death 
[1977 - see Volume 26] was scheduled 


Right: ; 

A iyfcne to for 6.25pm, concluding on New Year’s 
Doctor Who Day at 4.45pm. 

in Buster and 

Monster Fun's ; . 

comic strip ® The issue of the comic Buster and 
Terror TV. Monster Fun dated Saturday 26 


November featured a homage to the 
series in the strip Terror TV which 
featured Doctor Boo and Squeelia 
releasing an alien sobbing gas which 
caused the Wahleks to rust when they 
began crying. 


» On average, a million viewers more 
tuned in for this serial than for the 


ee esau. 


‘Anotner terrifying programme on Terror j 


136 DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


preceding Image of the Fendahl; the 
Audience Appreciation figure was 
also strong (although down on the 
previous serial’s score, which had 
been exceptionally high). An Audience 
Research Report on Part Two was 


compiled on Tuesday 31 January 1978: 


the 199 viewers canvassed generally 
preferred a less fantastic story, but 
found that the programme was up 
to its usual high standards; there 
were comments about stereotyped 
characters, but praise for Louise 
Jameson and a strong following for 
K9 among children. 


® The serial was repeated on Thursday 
evenings in the summer of 1978 (BBC 
Cymru, however, displaced Part Four 
in favour of an edition of Heddiw, 
running Doctor Who the following 
evening instead of BBC1’s Young Dan'l 
Boone). Screened against the sitcom 


ORIGINAL TRANSMISSION 


EPISODE DATE TIME 

Part One Saturday 26November1977 =6,05pm-6.30pm BBC1 24'59" 
6,05pm-6.30pm BBC1 24'57" ( 

PartThree  §Saturdayl0December1977 6.05pm-6.30pm BBC1 24'57" 8.9M (35th) - 
6,05pm-6.30pm BBC1 24'57" 8.4M (42nd) 59 


Part Two Saturday 3 December 1977 


Part Four Saturday 17 December 1977 
REPEAT TRANSMISSION 

PartOne Thursday 10 August 1978 
Part Two Thursday 17 August 1978 
Part Three Thursday 24 August 1978 
Part Four’ Thursday 31 August 1978 


6,.20pm-6.45pm 24'59" 
710pm-7.35pm 1 24'57" 
710pm-7.35pm 1 24'57" 
6.45pm-710pm 1 24'57" 


Publicity | Broadcast 


Leave it to Charlie and the popular Left: 

soap opera Crossroads, the repeat did Fae. 

reasonably well with a small audience. Doctorsieiie 
up to K9. 


® The Sun Makers was marketed for 


foreign broadcast and was purchased 
by stations in several different 
territories, including: the United 
States, Australia, Rhodesia, Brazil, 
Mexico, Nicaragua and Puerto Rico. 
In the USA, the serial was marketed 
by Time Life in an edited form from 
1978, with a narration by Howard Da 
Silva added; it also aired in the US as 
a 94-minute TV movie. 


» Part Three of the serial was included as 


one of the 4th Doctor — Selected Gems at 
the National Film Theatre on Sunday 
30 October 1983 as part of the event 
Doctor Who: The Developing Art. The 
Sun Makers was first shown in episodic 
form on UK Gold in February 1994, 
with a compilation following from 
March. It also appeared on BBC Prime 
in January 1999 and on the Horror 
Channel from October 2014. 


CHANNEL DURATION RATING(CHARTPOS) — APPRECIATION INDEX 
8.5M (48th) 


9,5M (36th) 62 


3,2M (117th) 
6.5M (50th) 
6.5M (49th) 
7.1M (53rd) 


* BBC Cymru broadcast on Friday 1 September 1978, 7.45pm - 8.10pm 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 18 


THE SUN MAKERS =» sors NN ANNAS 


Merchandise 


errance Dicks novelised Robert director Pennant Roberts, writer and historian 
Holmes’ scripts as Doctor Who Dominic Sandbrook and astronomer Marek Kukula 
Blow: and the Sunmakers, retaining » Outtakes 
The Target some of the cut scenes; ® Trailer - the original BBC1 trailer for the story 
dl published in both hardback » The Doctor's Composer: Dudley Simpson 
by Andrew and paperback in November - Part Two: 1970-1979 - the concluding part 
Skilleter, 1982 by WH Allen/Target, it bore a cover of the series looking at the career of prolific 
painting by Andrew Skilleter. It was composer Dudley Simpson, covering his work on 
latterly numbered Book number 60 the show in the 1970s 
in Target’s Doctor Who library. Dicks’ » Photo gallery - production, design and 
novelisation was later combined with publicity photos from the story 
The Face of Evil to be released in May » Radio Times Listings in Adobe PDF format 
1989 as one of the Star Books’ Doctor » Subtitle production notes 
Who Classics series. A4 prints of Andrew Skilleter’s cover to 
The Sun Makers was released on the Target novelisation of Doctor Who and 
BBC Video in July 2001. In August the Sunmakers were issued in 2011. 
2011, 2|entertain released the story A suite of music from the serial was 
on DVD. It included these extras: included in the 11-CD set Doctor Who: The 
» Commentary with actors Tom Baker, 50th Anniversary Collection issued by Silva 
Louise Jameson and Michael Keating, director Screen in September/November 2014. Mf 


Pennant Roberts 
} Running from the Tax Man: The Making of 
The Sun Makers - a retrospective look at the 


d 


Below: ; ; Rs 
Theukacne making of the story and the science behind it. 
DVD covers. With actors Louise Jameson and Michael Keating, 


Beas - al a 


DOGTOR 


WHO! 


HERS SCHEIN 


wih 


136 DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


The TOM BAKER Years 1974-81 


SAN NN. 


Merchandise | Cast and credits 


Cast and credits 


CAST 
Tom Baker iscsi cssarscasccssctrasceniinients Doctor Who 
with 
LOUISE JAMESON sess Leela 
Richard L@@CH....cccecsin Gatherer Hade 
Henry Wolf wc The Collector [2-4] 
David ROWIANGG..........ccccsien Bisham [2-4] 
JONINa SCOT iiiscienmnannconmmmanaanannnan Marn 
Roy Macready... .Cordo 
William Simons... .Mandre 
Michael Keating... ..Goudry 
Adrienne BUIGESS |... Veet 
Carole HOpKiIN...........ccccussssssssn Nurse [1] 
Derek Crewe .cscscsssssssssens Synge [3-4] 
Colin McCormacK...........000008 Commander [3-4 
TOM KAY isicsiisicinnnimnanimancnannwnn Guard [4] 
JOHN LEGSON is psisissiesiiccrrninmiaomagans Voice of KS 
UNCREDITED 


John Dryden, Kelly Varney, Alan Crisp................ 
uaa Megro Guards (Gatherer's Office) 
David Enyon, Dave Holland .....Executive Grades 
Barbara Bermel, Andrew Lord, David 
Downes, Ann Higgins, Jan Shilling, David 
Cleeves, Roy Roser, Norman Bacon, Ken 


Taylor, Gerald Webb, Adrian Varcoe.......0thers 
Jeff Waine, Andrew Lord. Megro Guards (Corridor 

Max Faulkner .vnciinin Stuntman/Other 
POTER ROY) i icici aerininanimuannun Guard 
JAMES MUI occ Death Attendant 
Patricia GOFdIN |... Technic 
David LUGWIG......cuecn Technic (Hakit 

Keith NOPTISH sisi Leela’s Guard 
John Leeson... ..Computer Voice 
CY TOWN Srtanciaceicmuannunanmniarn: Gate Guard 
Nellie Griffiths, George Ballantine“..................... 
Peo eer en uuu antares Death Grades 
Nick Pendry', Ron Rogers’, David Honeyball, 

Robert Lee, Harry Van Engel, David Cleeve... 
Pee oniman i anieainnunitneaianiaan manent Megro Guards 


David Richens, Alan Thompson..Cruiser Guards 
Chris Balcombe, Roy Brent, Ronald Goodale, 


Harold Sharples...........ccccess0 Collector's Escort 
Stephen Kane, Barry Summerfield..................... 
<initilastnnnadetraaaa arcane nes IR Guards in Exchange Hall 
Paul BaltO0......ccecnsenen Marn's Attendant 


Leonie Jessel, Gill Goldston, Josephine 
McEvoy, Keith McDonald, Valerio Martinez, 
Harold Sharples, Stephen Phillips, Tony 
Northan, Louis Giboin, Clifford Tozer, Peter 
Clare, Simon Barratt, Charles Molton, Jennie 
Weston, Elizabeth Havelock, Angela Tower, 


Marion Veiner Workunits 
Malcolm JOR... IR Guard 
Stuart Fell........,uc..00teameteee Stuntman/Guard 


Cut from finished programme 


CREDITS 
Written by Robert Holmes 

ncidental Music by Dudley Simpson 

Production Assistant: Leon Arnold 

Production Unit Manager: John Nathan- Turner 

Film Cameraman: John Tiley 

Film Recordist: Dave Brinicombe 

Film Editor: Tariq Anwar 

Lighting: Derek Slee 

Sound: Michael McCarthy 

Visual Effects Designers: Peter Day & Peter Logan 
Special Sound: Paddy Kingsland? 

Costume Designer: Christine Rawlins 

Make-up Artist: Janis Gould 

Designer: Tony Snoaden 

Producer: Graham Williams 

Directed by Pennant Roberts 

BBC © 1977 


* Credited on Part Four only 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY a7 


THE SUN MAKERS =» stxvss 


Profile 


Below: 

The cast for 
the Roberts- 
directed Tenko 
(1981) included 
Louise Jameson 
(third from 
left), 


Director 


ohn Pennant Roberts was born 15 
December 1940 in Weston-super- 
Mare to Welsh parents. Proud of 
his Welsh roots, he remained a 
supporter of Welsh broadcasting 
despite his later London successes. 
He attended Colston’s School, Bristol 
and went on to study physics at Bristol 
University. While at university he joined 
their drama department, appearing on stage 
in The Castle Spectre (1960/1), Love’s Labour's 
Lost (1960/1) and The Changeling (1961/2). 
Setting out on a broadcasting career, 
Roberts turned down a BBC Radio sound 
manager's post to join small ITV franchise 
Wales West and North (Teledu Cymru) 
as a floor manager in autumn 1962. The 
company proved financially unsustainable 
and went under in January 1964. He 
next spent five years as an assistant floor 
manager with a new Welsh language service 
BBC Cymru, working across all genres. 
Roberts’ partner, actress Betsan 
Jones, was a native Welsh speaker and 


8 DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


OKRA AN 


encouraged his own Welsh language skills. 
They married in spring 1970 and Jones 
occasionally appeared in her husband’s 
later television productions. 

In 1969 Roberts first came to London, 
working as a production manager in BBC 
Drama. The next few years were spent 
shuttling between production manager 
stints in London on shows such as The 
Expert and Softly, Softly, and directing 
programmes in Cardiff. Eventually he 
began directing network dramas including 
Doomwatch (1972), Softly, Softly: Task Force 
(1972) and The Regiment (1973). 

Going freelance in early 1974, Roberts 
took credits on Sutherland’s Law (1974), 

Oil Strike North (1975) and Angels (1976). 
Roberts tackled Terry Nation’s post- 
apocalyptic drama Survivors (1975-7) for 
which he directed nine episodes including 
début The Fourth Horseman (1975). 

Survivors led to his first Doctor Who work 
The Face of Evil [1977 - see Volume 26] for 
which he cast Louise Jameson as Leela, 
having auditioned her for Survivors. As 
well as The Sun Makers, Roberts directed 
The Pirate Planet [1978 - see Volume 29], 
Warriors of the Deep {1984 - see Volume 38] 
and Timelash [1985 - see Volume 41]. He 
later expressed disappointment with the 
scripts of the latter two stories. 

Even more disappointing had been 
the cancellation of Shada (1979), which 
remained uncompleted and unbroadcast 
due to industrial action. A strike had 
previously wiped out Roberts’ episode of 
espionage series The Double Dealers (1974) 
after location work had been completed. 

Erinella, a Doctor Who script he submitted 
in late 1978, was developed by producers 
Graham Williams and then John Nathan- 
Turner but ultimately went unmade. 

Other freelance directing commissions 
included The Mackinnons (1977), The 
Professionals (1978) and ‘Terry Nation’s 


science-fiction epic Blake’s 7 (1978) for 
which he was heavily involved in casting the 
series’ regulars. 

He worked on The Onedin Line (1979), 
ITV sitcom Mixed Blessings (1980) and 
Juliet Bravo (1980) before becoming ‘set up’ 
director on the first five episodes of female 
POW drama Tenko (1981), where he cast 
Louise Jameson as Blanche. 

After becoming involved in the early 
years of S4C, Channel Four’s Welsh service 
- his later S4C productions would include 
single play The Swimming Lesson (1986) - 
Roberts returned to freelancing on BBC 
spy thriller serial Cold Warrior (1984), the 
glossy Howards’ Way (1985) and shortlived 
Granada soap Albion Market (1986). 

Roberts directed three episodes of 
children’s play strand Dramarama made by 
HTV; A Spirited Performance (1987), Playing 
for Wales (1988) and Monstrous (1989). He 
also produced The Bubblegum Brigade (1989), 
a series spun-off from a Dramarama entry. 

Staying with children’s entertainment, 
he directed and produced HTV Wales 


and West’s BAFTA-nominated junior Above: 
fantasy serial The Snow Spider (1988) and a. 
sequels Emlyn’s Moon (1990) and The Roberts. 


Chestnut Soldier (1991). Mainstream credits 
meanwhile came on Welsh medical soap 
Glenhafren (1992), Crime Story (1992) and 
a feature-length Wycliffe (1993). 

Roberts taught on the BBC directors’ 
course in the 1990s but in 1992 relocated 
to Penylan, Cardiff to set up his own 
production company Penderyn Films Ltd. 

While Roberts directed for theatres 
in Cardiff and Bristol in the mid-90s, 
Penderyn produced and directed four 
Bristol Old Vic Plays (1994) for broadcast 
on HTV, as well as an extensive run of 
The Sherman Plays (1993-7) taped at the 
Sherman Theatre, Cardiff and The Frank 
Vickery Season (1998). 

Roberts was a council member of the 
Director’s Guild from 1982 and later chair 
of the Directors’ and Producers’ Rights 
Society from 1987-2007. 

He died of cancer at Velindre Hospital, 
Cardiff on 22 June 2010, aged 69. 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY roe 


Index 


Page numbers in italic type refer to pictures. 


TOOLOOO: BC sseivvsscvoeteinccersnnecarisiireanssrcecaneonnennstene yin cenneNntaNeeN 58 
LST7HS SSMS waisnvvarssecccevovvesiinrovsvserinscenpveenserenieerpeensiesivinenenieniase 6, 7-11 
ABBOLE, [SEN ninvoninonmpmeinmrnsniiveninrmmnnnence 27,29, 30, 38 
Acton Rehearsal ROOMS wissen 30, 63, 66, 71, 
98, 100, 129 

Adams; Doug laStaniinmininsnmonnanvoiminmniandiuninnnniiaien 42 
AG@lalde ccsniscaccconimeninnnacamnmnniemmmnnmnians 8,17, 18,19; 
24,27,29 

AGnew; Dav ld aisiinmcmmmnriucammenninaninanmanmanimmnmnanen 43 
Aliens of London... will3 
AlGEEANIChasnmmomentyconnmnoemaninnaoumnannaiamosapes 63 
AEM PUI: sucnsssencenssonrinsnsnasisscceoer 24, 25,29 
AmbaSSadOFSiOf DEH: The isiisrsisiisiriincnninaverosensnevnd 58,99 
ANAOdIVGSIONS THE cuss tsinniiieniinininiiedinnianeriiaaunets 119 
Ark in SPaC@, THs mn 64 
PASEK TA esa cenesepuesceaxovnznnincasesinsanagpbshsapodviansadnasnoaaiyaaeaneiennennaiveancateoign 60 
Armeatt, OANikanmnnmmannimnmmmnnmnmmnmminnmenmnnninmninnatTn 9 
ANGIE LEO icscnertaneanamnmeniviriomenivanenuvivevcsinaracaanisete 124 
ATE Prin tSicninenxnrannmnnnnnccnmannrannnnnininieimdte 38, 75,136 
Arthur, Edward... 96, 102, 106 
AUdIOO Os amnnenanvmnenneioninnriimmmnnimeeTOY 38,75 
Baker. Bo Diiiinionnininieninmninmnannionnin 23, 53, 54,55, 56, 57, 
64, 66,67, 75, 122-123 

Baket. TOM oiincnsninsguauiiendsnsassiantii 7:8, 9,11 ,21,,22,-29, 
30, 31, 32, 34, 36, 38, 41, 42, 

53, 55, 58, 63, 65, 66, 67, 68, 

71,72, 73, 74, 80, 96, 97, 98, 

106, 119, 122, 125, 127, 128, 

130, 131, 132, 134, 136 

IGG seeregrssesnsnspiteracistin tnnepnanttaseinn a nmnsannanttecie 16,17, 23, 24, 26, 
27, 31, 34 

BEZKOTOWSII IY, DAVE scssatscoassannnsasesveceereaonssinaxsarvesnsennesunsveiensreesniscann 100 
BIsSAl FOUNGAEION ssinvessisnsnnenvenniecnnmaennenred 46, 49, 51,54, 55, 
56, 61, 63, 66, 67 

BiG) PIAS Dtsiscanmeiaurasnsaoncneenienisnmmnmareneenenmnnnrents 43,81 
BiG HGTVEVENITG MGI scorsicssuacosccrvacesssasisesnscsisveeson niversrcaustseevicieanes 71 
BiSHalMirsivecuvercrsunsnssuccencavensuenicet recast 1V5,116;.117,.125; 131 
TEES chs echuctneyutiuc ees seéndnneevbeveeveivisvewsaitensise 10, 80, 91, 98, 108, 
109, 125, 139 

BOP ELEN vemsevcsviseviisvvisiavssnasnasersesartniceninstanrnanesaninens 71,76, 80, 81 
Design a MOMSter COMPETITION ves 31 
BOUCHER CHAS tiinnsncnivmnimninndnanteme 43,90, 91, 92, 97, 98, 
106, 108-109 


140) DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


BOWilah StEVG: incsccononnimmmarceuninamaTEE 62 
Brain of Morbius, The.. 


Briant, Michael E... 1 D8 
Bromly, Alan wees mu 42 
BURGESS; AGEING icccoccazamumnnmintmmmninimancantnntian 125 
Cafiley: SCAN inusienavacmammananniormennnminnanenen 27,32, 34 
GGEIVGl OF MOPISTORS sxcseviveveserevsvevssivsossveravcevavivecsvoecenvcerceninisvisiivessvees 130 
Celestial ToyMGker Tie vescnssnianecaansenemnannscecccanwectis 93 
City Of DEATH wiser 42,43 
ClQWS OF AXOS: TAG wiinnnwonecnseananinontnmninwcacomucnns 99 
COMPACT waiisevervecrnvsennnnninnirenctennu 7,9, 86, 87, 88, 89, 
92, 96, 97, 99, 100, 
101,102 
ColleCtog The sinccsnnannmmanamanarmnen 9,1173,115,116,117, 
120,121,122, 123, 130, 
131, 132, 133 
COMMENAES iiisstisnmensancmnmpuannante 38, 75, 106, 136 
Company, the 110; 116,177, L2i, 132 
CORIO. iovnimnmmiinnmmcniminnnamnniaes 8, 114,115, 116, 117, 
120;.126, 127, 128, 131,132,133 
COSSEVAE Meh mmomyamemacmngeimeamremmummiteanmane 96 
Cotton, Bill...... wn 42 
COG PAU MG iwnincavcamnmarmnannedcarecannnai ween rmmennsnnenanty 93 
Crewe, De@reK vss 130 
Crosse & Blackwell ProMOtion vss 72 
(CS Osseciesinvisiasscabasrunincdeansdonrnacoesesbsbescoeepripbenciovestiais 11, 31, 33, 34, 55, 63, 
66, 67, 68, 100, 101, 
102,129,132 

CUMMINS: Jeff insincere 


Curse of Peladon, The 


Deadly Assassin, The.. 


DERYSHFISHEF TOYS a cssascssscenanncunineneicenroscinsinnnnaminaaens 76 
DESHIAY OF the DOIEKS siscisimecnnpaniannncnninmennamunnasias 42 
Dicks, TErraNC@ wees »4,7,9, 14, 21, 22, 
23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 38, 41 

53,75, 104, 106, 136 

DIMENSIONS IN: THM vvccctcircsinivieccenonmmuneonimmnnennmennin 81 
Doctor Who and the Warlord (adventure GAME) wns 43 
Doctor WAO= DVD FICS vessscnccccscnsineeaimnaceitureresimereres 38, 75,106 
Doctor WHO MAGGZINE wissen 4,41, 79 
Doctor Who Meets Scratchman..... wol31 
BOGOF WAG SOUNG EffOCtS insrcceiviastriveicnsaredciviereninenneniiie 75 
Doctor Who: 30 Years at the Radiophonic Workshop..75, 106 
Doctor Who: The 50th Anniversary Collection CD ws 75,136 
Douglas; Coliniwenv«#»nsnmmmnnnrnnnmnniacere 27,29, 30, 31, 34 
PFEGMWGLEN MAGAZINE wccionconimanannimietmnnieonnncen Al 
DVD EXtaSiinnancananmnumnacaniancnnn 38, 75, 76, 106, 136 


FaliAG Fn StdIOS ccmmcmnmmcennommnmaramnenn 22,29;57 
Emmerdale Farm 
FremyGFthe WONG: Tieicanccnccmmnonmunenrnenniarmnaen 27 
EVENTS EG WIG scccsnstnidvupatssisrenoxteienuiounisinactonsnan 96, 100, 102 
EVGninG NEWS remcinwamcenmmnmanncennmmnremnn mie 105 
Face of EVI), Th@iscinconnncmunnmnnnanenmnnen 24,57, 66, 90, 
95,101, 108, 123, 
128, 130,138 
FOGEIESS: ONES; DAG veccenmcieirnienavncmenntenterivitarcontiindnninnnntiiie 98 
Fang Rock lighthouse wraisimasenrnnincnnvers 12,14, 16,17, 18,19, 
25, 28, 30, 33, 36 
Fantastic Voyage 
Faulkner, MAX 
Fell Stuart sciscsssec ? 
Fen Gahll GOre tH icc anironninnnsumanctiny 84, 85, 89, 99, 100, 
101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106 
Fehdah the ncovimmusnmemienoumanniun 82, 85, 90, 91,102 
Fendel man, DOO ssiisesssicsssacessssssvseisie 7,86, 87, 88, 89, 92, 93, 
96, 97, 100, 101, 105, 106 
FOMCHAlC RM ssssssssssssesssssssssssssssssssssssessessesesesees 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 91, 
92, 96, 98, 100, 101, 
102,106, 107 
FETCH PRORY inrccninmnnnnnancironmnnnnnennmomriecs 82, 86, 87, 88, 
91, 93, 96, 98, 100, 
101, 103, 104, 107 
FIG AGE CaS EMS vccvssoveesnennsiavevssiscreervenisdaidienneiesiineniieanaitaviteeaiviees 75 
Five Doctors, ThE wis MARANA eRUTOMETEMNTANNDTEN 80 
FIVG(ISA) DOCLOFS REDOOT, TAG iwinvccivisrseensrrcuanrecairinniers 81 
Ford; Carole Anninssnmnsncnannennnncnenanavnniennmnrenamaaiin 14 
FICUERICKS; SGOEE, snurisinennaicrainanninnivennnensiienarnianandivin 98 
GaLiFreV TANZINE) siiciioncrmmncemmmonmimmnnanremnmnmae 118 
Gal EV cusinnntincmnaianannasaian 10, 11, 46, 67, 116, 123 
Gatherer Had E onicariip cononenemuaanmmniis 9,112,113, 114, 
115, 116, 117,120, 121, 
122,123,124, 125,127, 
128, 130, 133 
GSE Ol xccinnouammanimmninnmmmanimmimnmmemmnnnain 
Genesis of the Daleks 
COG WIN; DETHIC Kivcsessinmansenisnamarninmanvnses 
GS HAMM AT, Pa is sxysnssavorgionstn cent onunanconseusaaasvodvnipivadmtegaenispeconsieivates 
GOUGH scsscseccsones 
GOUIM, JANIS essen 
Green Death, The... 
Grellis, Brianunnesun 
GUGFION) TAG oworconssesiensniesvcertcncinnecnnasietn 
Gunpowder Plot, The (AdVenture GaMe) wissen 14,15 


Haid Of F6Gb The ironmunnnnnmmmannanounusenns 56,67, 93 
FAGDPINESS: PAUL, Tl ssasasinsivesovsivsaxeovraveassoniasssanszanegivonrbsegeesse 112,113 
Harding, Tony a 
FHKE scsscsssessssocsnatsrssiaesaa ee 
Harlequin Mintatutes ancunnmacancaoumnimmcnmas 38, 75,106 
FLAUU KISS [OVCES. vecasuctassienrstacnatesitaitasieracdinanal sinnstiniaainsmaiamasians 24 
Hawkins; PAt@Fisnisnanimnerenarimnnamnanncrmionanmntnammnenice 60 
FS are, Deities asinasewsaneseservvicnanvvecsssnravivinnenss nivevtarivoiaisionseestnvivvasivecaiits 99 
Hereford Evening NEWS wisisiivninvnarmmnmmmsnnneenancenccens 34 
F@RTIGK, ROY wsiccasvvcenuirescenmveceeeccciavincenniediinvenitvrerueidisnincainaten 66 
Hincheliffe:- PAI Piscean 7,10, 11, 22, 40, 41, 
43,52, 62, 70, 90, 91,110 
Hinsliff, Geoffrey 
Hodgson, Brian...... 
Hodgson, Jackie...... 
HIGIMES; ROBGTE iissviteierianecnnscrenamennnscertieny #9; 20,21, 22,23; 
26,;41,53;,,57/90; 91, 92, 
108, 109, 112, 118, 119, 120, 
121,122, 123, 124, 130, 136 
HOOF OF FONG ROCK peccissiuccsaseosistvansen 4,7,8,9,10, 12-13, 
14, 15, 16-19, 20-21, 
22-27, 28-29, 30-31, 
32-33, 34, 35, 36-43, 
46, 53, 72, 73,99,125 
PRO AC COS carccjsancar secetrine oonsaanaamauaniiammuniaiy cen 37 
CASTANG CAMHS misancrinccnmnemnennmnnivmanreanenvent atari, 39 
ATES L VANES ssenssseacvaassciaicasstencccatssetatsvaeaseoscuntgnstnanepecavanersantinry 38 
DOSTPFOdUCT ON nvinicniiimmnmmanomnnommnmemmnenin: 35 
pre-production wu. 20-27 
production... 28-34 
PFOFIE wae 40-43 
PUBIC inicninmnnninennenrnennnanmnmnnvinnmonanecnnnt 36 
FAL NGS rwsvristenvievasroryadarntsan ntaxiereresrcouvenvenuntoenlinintananianatie 37 
read through nitannencnnmnncunmaeraenmnnmaiaiN 29 
FENESISAlS sesionesianiiennwense «29, 30,3132 
Rocks of Doom (storyline)... 24,53 
StO WV iccisanciepticmarararrniunninumaamicammni an 16-19 
Hughes, Raymond. 58, 63,64, 84 
HUNGUP vansinmamusnmmonnninaniamianmennan 4,9, 41, 112, 
123,129 


IMage Of the FENCTAL rccsssesseeceeeessnseeeien 4,7,9,10, 82-85, 
86-89, 90, 91-92, 93-95, 

96, 97, 98-103, 104, 105-109, 

134,135 

DOB OGASTS  ccopsarsiccssnruewinrarniinnrncsisrinaenren eines urinaire 105 


CaSTANCICKOAIES nimamnancencnmmmnnncernnenanamenn 107 
COSTUMES visser 95, 96,101 
CG ITING cccmaiconcronenancaamammnnarannenmninnennmine 103 
merchandise. 106 


POSE-PFOdUCH ON aniemonnsninnnpansinsancnmmamanecan 103 


PRE=PROGUI CH OM arvienscerveniiirrenicerivceresiervenadieniecenertivis 90-93 
DIOKUCHON witastincminnneimonaneR RENN 94-102 
ProFile vases 108-109 
DU DN City anennsienniemmrammmnnimnnnmmminemenienin 104 
FAUINGS osinastcarsrentercemnamniaanhonDNU ERNE 105 
FEAC THOUGH waminimancanmmanmanamaTER 98, 100 


DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY a 


iatgopemeettt crt cent et entre errr 124 
Invasion of Time, The.. 7, 8,9, 11, 42, 43, 46 
IAVISIBIE ENEMY TE msanccnnanmancanamnpucoss 7,10; 11,23,,24; 
26, 37, 41, 44-45, 46, 47, 

48-51, 52, 53-56, 57,58, 59, 

60-61, 2, 63-81, 85, 91, 93, 99, 

104,123,125 

EYP CSTE ccd vsvsecvavervsvcsncvevicissvnvsivepdvensevsteeivicnreneeiaieatiseety 73-74 

East and CreditSimaannminnconmecnimnenmmenuennnee va 
COSTUMES vives wn 66 
SCHINGicacmmnmninen mnie CUTE 70 
merchandise....... «75-76 
POST=DKOTUCTON encnnvasimmmnnmamincnnmnnmemnaTeY 70 
pre-production... 52-61 

PrOd UCTION iminisiinmnnannananmanmmnnaiT 62-69 
BIOTIC scaenutonmacawasnonsenanesivenmaenienmmaenasng ais 78-81 

DUB CY tammenannmminannnimainnnniniiameamatt 71-72 
FOUN OS i ncsarnieertenaunineniruumisnnsmmmnenniat 73, 74 
REMSASS |S sisisisacienuead auwiraannaasinnuzeniin 56,.61,.63,'65, 


In-Vision (fanzine) 
IPVING, Matvvvsssvn 
JPEG SE FEM SHE cisnsncsssemunmarivancnanmninnmcnmncamnindans 


JAGOS Mickiwtineinnnicancnvnenamaniencnnvenimeenaruanarmmrencentt 96 
Jameson, Louise Vg OnC Opel ere 
30, 31, 33, 34, 36, 38, 53, 

58, 63, 66, 67, 69, 71, 72, 

75, 94,95, 96, 97, 98, 101, 

102, 106,119, 125, 127,130, 

131, 132, 135, 136, 138, 139 


JGhiivGhhs BOY Meiinmonsmmnanmmanmucantenniine 58 
JONES, RAYSa priandcasdnncuumsontinsmmminm orien dull 124 
IGHREVSENG csmumnuminiumnnuinanasiom minutus 81 


8,10, 11, 24, 26, 46, 
47, 49, 50, 51, 56, 57, 58, 
59-60, 61, 63, 65, 66, 67, 
68,69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 7A, 
75,76, 78, 79, 80, 81, 86, 

91, 92, 99, 102, 114, 115, 116, 

117,120, 121, 122,123,125, 
126, 128,129,.131,132,133, 


Keating; Michael cnisarnnanscaninanineninnmnnienziian 125,136 


KCI Til srrestcouowen win teypned recede nlupeanesbalaaraneeheueinneerncsemneanteliatenvints 128 
Key to Time, the... wel, 53 
KINGS lahG,. PAGGY wiiinnnmeieummamarennvnuniiananmnananets 133 


Knipe; ROVkiniacicnmnmnannmnmmmonamnemanmaniaiee 75 


1a DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


L 


Lawson, Chris... 
LAZE || LANA isnautianarsmaummanatenanamararainaiuneucand 62,65 


PEACH «RIERA wnmcinummntonnenmnnamnmeanmmtennain 9,125 
LOCA issn wn 4, 7,8, 16,17, 18, 19, 
22,23, 24, 26, 27, 29, 30, 33, } 

36, 44, 46, 48, 49, 50, 51, 53, 

54,55, 57,61, 66, 67, 68, 69, 

72,73, 74, 82, 85, 86, 87, 88, 

89, 90, 91, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 

99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 106, 

108, 109, 110, 112, 114, 115, 116, 

117,119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 125, 

126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 

133, 138 

Leeson; ON ikiitinniiannnmmnninimminnanarann 60, 63, 65, 69, 
71, 72,75, 76, 78-81, 102, 

125, 131,132 

LEISUTE FIVE, TRG iiaisiscnirimnamanonnaniimanandmnncsains 80 
LL; DEMIS iiscisaianasiaininaieninmmnninoninnaiieininunsinanaias ‘93 
Lite GOVE StUCO ac csnnwpniinwanamanionmarermndn 70, 103 
Lively Arts: Whose Doctor WhO, The. 21,31, 41 
(Movers dlalaigillduilaisimemmeorenree errr tr tT 11,.22,42, 53, 95, 
96,99, 100 

Camden Deep Tube Shelter, Camden Town, London...... 

128, 129, 134 

Stargroves, NEar NEWDUTY sess 96, 97,98 

WD & HO Wills Tobacco Factory, Hartcliffe Way, Bristol... 
124,126,127 

LGG SRE wiccinannenirersr ivecinemnnmnennarcdsiwnseisamaiaiinnierl 124 
LondonEvening Stangard wicccdinccmmnmnmninimannanin 131 
LCOS sivstsecurvsnevees iva roveecitvren dowd veveccens 48, 49, 50, 51, 60, 64, 
66, 67,68, 69, 70, 74 

LUCAS, SIEVE iininiievnannsininaninnimunnmennnamtED 100 
MAGEAGy ROVininccmncsmoninmmnmanommunnniinan 132 
MANGE l iciiitcdisummnbsiarmnntommiiayinn 8,114,115, 116, 117, 
119, 121,129,131 

MapSOn: COIN ccniinanancmnivame onmmnmaminabne 93,101,106 
Marius, Professor 49, 50,51, 52, 55,56, 
57, 60, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 99 

MAN nsnentnscnsarccmannienancmmnnrcamie 114115117 eL, eS; 
125, 128, 130,133 

Martit, DAVE canesmmpennenencemsruncenes 23,53, 54,55, 56, 64, 
66,67, 122-123 

Martit, DEFER iiinncsnissenmusnenicnmnmineinmanccceetenmsstcenins 99 
Maiti, [OMIM SGOT iviinsiiveeisecccrninianraceninndinierniceniensvisiieniiy 64 
Masque of Mandragora, The. 58, 60, 67 
McCarthy, Michael sssecesssssssssnssosssssceccssecrecensecatcessesscuansvaseenseiessesneseuansaces 65 
McDonald) Graeme winnennoscamannnincentnes 23, 24, 41, 53, 60, 
61,91, 93 

McManus; |iMiagnnsicnunnnncniamannaniaminnamuieamnnans 69 


Meeker i ; 
64,65, 70, 74 
MEGFOBOIS ONG iceoisseericarinnrrnaoersen: 114,120,121, 124,127, 
128, 129, 130, 131 


Mills; DICKciniimennunomamumannmoniaGs 27,61, 75, 93,133 
MUNGO PEW, TiGixicnsnnausndionn nunspeunnapncaeapinin 60, 99 
MITCH El lpninecncnamomo mT 86, 87, 92, 103 
Mitchell, AJ “Mitch vn 30, 34,64, 65, 132 
MORSIEFOF PEGG; ThE onncmnccmmmnnmunnannemanmuan nus 27 
IMOOTIDAS},- TING sccacsszccoceancccersurveccevaysicocerveistessonssscevorbesvibedabbisevepesdaanésens 27 
MOSS; PEG sicnnemsnnmnnccmnnmananawnnees 86, 87, 88, 92, 96, 
100, 102,103 
MUSIC stcoscnnomemmmnmmentnnremercmmncnn 30, 35, 70, 103, 133 
IMUFEGITES, TAG scscvesneesncesnececceeicevcestigecteveccovsoceecesvevivtecivivvnisvestieteveebavn tit 13 
Nathan TUTHeh, OFA drs nnimncornnomminnedeiorinie 24,58, 65, 138 
Nations Lenny neanancoonmmonmimanonenmcarinty 91,109, 138 
National Viewers’ and Listeners’ Association 
Neill; avira necieinamnennninmnun miami 
Newbery, Barry 
Nightmare Fain Ties iasiutcimnunnsancnnnpnininenanniciansn 
NIGHEMGNE OF EGON: sccsncsnmusimenisonsnanscnminanuany: 
NUCIEUS Of ThE SWAFM vices 44, 46, 48, 49, 
50, 51, 56, 60, 63, 64, 65, 
66, 68, 69, 70, 72, 75 
OBSCIVER TMC is sensinasearccositranand artisans sitanicinaiauiicnsnisdecnesaniives 37 
Open House (BBC Radio 2) 
TOTS TIE a aiasiaicnsvaresiencerndanieunavsssereerabieivenvesersennte 121,128, 129, 130 
OVESEAS Sal€S vniicnnannnrmeannnnnnnanmnanntnn 37, 74,105,135 
Pallitoy siccninmentaneenmmenmnniatinaweincenetiorerareensinisnrdcnivienivonenennnnveonitieetan 76 
PALMER SIS: LOG! naeavnaratvenstamveniuenivnacernnrets 8,9,17,18,19 
21, 26, 27, 32 
ParSONSisnnivonmnummeninaumnnnnmmasiomenasion 49,50, 56, 70 
PEDDIE MiILGt ONE isescunmamnenipmmmineaannnmNn 31, 80 
PEbbIE Millnuicniminctantimannunicummnmdsaans 23, 24, 30, 33, 
34, 41,125 
PEG ge Ed MUNG midis nncimommmonninmmaumauamined 63 
Pegrum, Peters 25, 28, 30, 34 
PGOPIGIE Ui BariasiisesumiieenausssiniiganaiomeninatodsanGensere 138 
PIGNEE OF EW hewcconsannsnnnniinnnunatammnmianmnmatan 64,66 
PIRITO: i cnocmminansantgmianouingamaarnendl 85, 110, 114, 117,119 
120, 121, 124,125,128 
PPO AES WM SIS sie sepccesesnaseny cannes nibs avaapsssensnnsvehengansestreesinatirsaaia 127 
POISOR: SKY The icciwizcviscnuniannunnnnnsniercavnivemeccenaunnmecniness 14 
POWEM OL ROL TIC casisevisiesvcceessavs veistnusasuicnriveaiariseesineiceabea 42, 80, 81 
Pyramids Of MOPS) TAG swseseunsnswzsamuateiserenseoeeceecse 22,29, 54, 58, 
60, 96, 98 


Quatermass and the Pit 
QUATEFMASS Hessen 
RGOGIO TAMES scxceniteasinsivtrrianvnniueeienntvneweinieenrete 

73, 104, 134 


RadiGBhoOnic WORKSHOP wimmemnncmmamamaness 27,61, 93, 133 
RANSOME, THEA vesssssssessssssnessesssssessssssessssneen 9, 84, 85, 86, 87, 
88, 89, 92, 97, 98, 99, 100, 
101, 102, 103, 104, 106 
Rawlins} CHnStin@rccswsrncammentnnenmanimnemannan 123,130 
Read, Anthony 
Reignof Terk. THe wcunning: 66 
Remembrance Of the DdIKSwscscssssssssssssssesseesssneenies 80 
REUDERiviniccnnranesimemeennmenenionnaannn 9,16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 
22,:23,-26, 27, 30, 32, 
33, 34, 39 
REVENGE Of the CYDESMEN vss 60 
Ridley Ata invinnnminnnnrarnininreammcenuTANTE 93 
Roberts, Amy..... 93,95 
Roberts; Pennant vinsiinneninnanmnnnncwaies 123,124,125, 126, 
127,128, 130, 136, 138-139 
ROO Bisiiiiinaniniiniinsinettennianatnaiianmninanamen 54 
RODGES Of DEG. TG sssiciiacscrscseoorusiapassseraue 40,90, 108, 134 
ROMAN: sistinuisnmininaumuniunnanianiunanmmunueAN dae 46 
ROWE Alaf wannimmonncenmnnunananntmnnnuinanninneintin 27 
Rowlands, Anthony.. 63,64 
ROWIENGS DAVG sommes 125 
RUSSE], PAACY. sesssserrssssessesrecseqessnsnssecernuasuaveacennsqueanays 22, 23,24, 25,27, 
29, 30, 31, 34, 35, 38 
PROMECU i shataenstassstvaaatoaeentanstecniatcrdratinviarntitieris 4,7,10, 14,15, 16,17, 
19,25, 26; 28,31, 33; 
34, 38, 46 
Saflailaviarniainmiggmmncnanian . 48, 49, 54,57, 60, 65, 70 
Sarah fane' Adventures; The wsninnnnncncnunmnmnninacine 81 
SGVGGES, THES ossievsisnerisiere ‘i OO 
Saward, Eric... wn 43 
SCHOO REUNION iisicersnaisisisoonmoniraummumnnaninin 46,81 
Scoones, lan ....... 58, 59, 62,63, 72, 74,75 
SCOtL, OMI AicsninenmnenmnnumemiinctaERRED 125 
SEG DOVIS: THE siaisirasnieniananpanusiinviniiaiianinianniudits 124 
Seeds of Death, The mn 24 
SCNSONLES: | NGrdomnnncaniannieomnhommnnanaombaa nate 25 
SHOU G incincncatnmmenennnmunsntntitenmeeRNre 42, 81,138 
Shakedown: Return Of the SONTAIONS wissen 
Sheaid, Micha Glisspcncnsiaasnsiranermacat 
Silva SCreeN.es 
SINE Vicasnccnnsieona 
Simpson, Dudley... 
Simpson, Graham 
SIREGT DOCTOR ssnvercrteteversscsecancorecensavavstinincantapnsnixasensccinieeraniewinenisiiininl 
Skilleter, Andrew... 
SRAM SACS scsescrisssrceneseioreiavesviceenvninicrvisveeienavanieisbentaares 9,17,18, 19, 24, 
25,26; 27; 33:37 
SIaLST Bill sieiduasviverusesenvanisiwversinivciocicenmiwvericesmanvesteesinerindy 52, 53,60 
Smith; ROGenICKiesiscccenmmmnsrmmewntennamamnimemneteanin 69 
Smith, Sarah Jane. 27,46 
Snoadeny: TONY wasvcesssveaures 124,127,129 
SOntaran EXPEHMe@NE,. THe cccnnasswnineessimenysceressieen 14, 26, 56 


SONTAIANS tinanmancnnieannamimnnanan 7,10, 14,19, 26, 56 


SPOCE: PIPAteS;. Me siccninncumomiicimnmaminananmmnnnsuas 58 
EPIL e TS ast sapna nsssna a zavonapaangtiang pac sianeareiiuaeebintasiapapiaibansIAvonNiNN 62 
SPeGhhedd [ront SG CA ses cmscnpatmemmmemapereamnnmmin 24 
SPeEntOn-FOStes, GEOG 92, 93, 96, 97, 98, 103 
S136 Ma XK cccwercamannmonanns 7, 86, 87, 88, 89, 92, 93, 98, 
100, 101, 103,105 
Stain p Centre COVEr vansscnssnnmravnmmncnmnmmmmnerntis 38,75 
Star Turn 
StOteiOf DECOY iiianmancaraannmnannmanemmmrnnnnuntts 26,85 
SEGIGHEGIEN, TAGs wsivveseessvtuscvstainseaiececivniesitvendcecnsscnsvineevencann ecenesinsevenvin 81 
Sum MGKERS;, The@wiwevwieansimesnavncnismnienniinttn 78,9; 85/93; 


96, 97, 110-113, 114-117, 118, 
119-121, 122, 123-125, 126, 


127-138, 139 

DIA EAS tisismemmeamonmmrnnmnaiianTt 134-135 
GASES CROCUS isewrisiecsrenveensiacarevimnnencineimmoneen nie 137 
COSWUMES asinine 127 
COILING swsinnmeumimmavandunirnemsirricnntnentmennninas 133 
MENCHANCISSs ininiinmiimininnsinniermanninnIT 136 

POS HPROGUCHOR iicumongineiernmnnnemenane 133 
pre-production... 118-125 
PIOCUCTION wasaniummonnnnmminecuurmnmansas 126-132 
profile wi 138-139 
SUBIC opusrenomeummemmnsuneiionnmiN 134 
FELIS am snaremenaisuainsamaarnaansuatuamoaen 134-135 

(AN GatSalSyccanmnnrnmuntimonmenninarmmtean 125, 129, 130 

STOVE spvavssasctdssnnscersvaesnitcestecattciuedsaaiastassneitansiinninieadawuitteies 114-117 

SHIM) TAG cescsniweomercasinnnriiacnanmnnannannnenieinninannine 32, 73 
SUMO GY IMI OI vs csorsiess spatescesiniavscvdenna ivaveaiainerjers tinipioiareieciartunainiiy 71,131 
Sunday: PeODle, THE diiimncmunimncmimmmnmnnaminenRR 104 
SRVIV OTS ss vivrcivvsispeseiniennredisbectareorivecivenitatern dsteunenidiunstds 93,128, 138 
Swarm, the. 44, 50, 51, 56, 62, 63, 79 
SVG vivsvevanivenereienanirnarrriaidiann eau RRC ANITArN TRE 8, 116, 130 
Talons Of WeNG-CHIGNG, THE vse 22, 30,;53,;.54; 
57,58, 63, 85, 118 

The Talons of Greel (WOrkiNg title). 22 
TARD Bis saiuaiionsinunsiupaidmunuunmiensmaniay 8,11, 12, 16, 24, 
25, 28, 30, 46, 47, 48, 49, 51, 

54, 55, 64, 65, 67, 68, 72, 86, 

88, 89, 91, 92, 97, 98, 99, 103, 

104, 114, 120, 123, 124, 129, 131 

Target NOVELISATIONS wissen 21, 22, 28, 75,106, 136 
HOE Gs cc ceidGlatanineaninianenancons 40, 41, 52, 53, 70,118 
‘LCR DO CIO ismcenmememencnnnasanmeninmnacummmoneats 14, 46 
Time Lords wanes 85, 88, 116, 123 
TMA OU tsiiccrenvccernionmenavanuneennuaninminamanarnunancrenniaprenes 73 
TUM WAKO TAC a veiesinsssccinivevccvnvecscteinnecieeepneinaien 14, 23, 25, 26, 27 
TUMICIOSH scecverercomoseerasinserannenn enensncentemicreseuarenednegmnietann 138 
HETHIOS), WAR scruvevceesvexyycsenitess ssvarsiaisaiee cebu stssnavesebarha inven eves teuattens 63,73 
Tt BaSCimnamencumanmmnienncinmereny 46, 48, 51, 53, 54,55, 
56, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 

67, 70, 73,85 

Tlie Cl Sieeceorssiutveivsoescbesstierentantenwinenranieneney 36, 37, 72, 73,104, 134 


14 DOCTOR WHO | THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


THglofa TIMELGG, Théscccsiamaaconanmauncacimaninin 85 


TWOP O GIONS: TAO isieissiaaissscivas visnaisiosavavnis viscitien eaiitiateaioaaaiaciree 14 
WIEE Ja Korcirarcamnenrencancmmenememcac 7,9, 86, 87, 88, 89, 
92,96, 98, 102 

TWEE Martha nacnunconaarsinnemainannn 7,9, 86, 87, 88, 89, 
92, 98, 100, 102 

MASK FOUMG TOYS scvnsesssversinsiversasveatnnivveereciieievineavavennwedenniannees 106 
OAGSRW ONE cceiscereenveccmcccoanvereconeennmicat 7,10, 11, 71, 92, 134 
Vampire Mutation, THQ. 22; C3;¢ Sn2 p93), 50; 93 
114,117, 121,123,125 

canviiivENitaT UTR RraRAnTeRGN 98, 99, 100, 101, 

102,104,106 

VINO sieniirctenniannnnnsazainiemnrancen 8, 9,16, 17,18, 19, 21, 23, 
26, 27, 29, 30, 32, 33, 35 

VIOIENCE ANC HOCTOF srsssesssssssesssessssseeesees 7,9, 31, 32, 40, 41, 52, 90 
VIFGIN BOOKS i annnisuninsinnnnantanonioanmmnninaennntt 38 
ViTUS THe minsinannnmnnnnonndunniminnne 44, 46, 49, 51,54, 
60, 61,67,68 

WallGF Kennethixinnsnciniminmmnannntnamiamomaniame 60,69 
WallEE KERNEL aniciuncaisacinaasnsaniuiarnninaneniigeaicenuanatian 69 
War GaMeS;, Tie iisccaiinimnenimininmiomninenmmanimnnnini 85 
WGTEFIONS OF ENE. DED scccavsuvicsivvsivseiviortinwaveisiienrdaeuniniiiiientanivii 138 


Warriors’ Gate wis .46, 80 
Watson), RABI anni insnuiineciniitniermtocennmuntiannnvininnniiten rah 
Web of Fear Theivnninwennonimnnciunnurmanmnmaninumny 27 
WH Allens 38, 75, 106, 136 
Whitehouse, Mab) cnrsawsnaromnniannnarmnmmmmirannns 41 
WiKie, BERNSIG cninnamnnnminny mugen ainanaunatte 58 
Williams; Graham tniinnniinnicnnnannnmanm 7,21, 22, 24, 25, 26, 
34, 35, 40-43, 52, 53, 58, 59, 

61, 62,65, 67, 68, 70, 72, 73, 74, 

79,90, 91, 92, 93, 95, 99, 100, 

101, 105, 118, 119, 120, 

123,129, 138 

WAN STAGE, MEUNG OI si cscescasoacausinnseceeiaiasisntepareguaistoasnisenaesepionieis 58,61 
Witch Lords, Thé........ el, 22, 41,53 
WOOFER: cs anmncmiatiiiannn onaiaminacnonteann 9,118,122; 
130, 132 

WIGOI ETE AEE re, astsisannintonsonisdniainisariedpnpennduaitaansinns 27,29 
WORE: WF THEE cciinnnnnmmnnmmncinninncnmmnmnnaanien 113 
WAG) PETE ic ceiesceccivinessienisesinecinatcivsiaiaivirageiaiisnaneiatenaatunvaitanyeoiatbibeiioy 101 
LEGO S vcs eviviwssonsovcives innsesvevevevneceussirissevssccrvstetres 22,27, 40, 52, 58, 60, 
79,91, 92,119 

ZY GOTMMMVGSION; THC casevceseutsesseseveevarntsceeeziceneseieesyeceni tea carasiesseevedvi DAE 


1B |B IC} 


DOCTOR 


WHO 


THE COMPLETE HISTORY 


HORROR OF FANG ROCK 
On a remote island, the occupants of a lighthouse and the 
survivors of a shipwreck fall victim, one by one, to a ruthless 
alien that has the ability to transform its appearance. 


THE INVISIBLE ENEMY 
When the Doctor is infected by a sentient virus, clones of himself 
and Leela must journey into his own brain to confront the enemy, 


IMAGE OF THE FENDAHL 
Attempts to unlock the secrets of a skull that predates the birth 
of man release the Fendahl, an ancient evil that could destroy 
the world. 


THE SUN MAKERS 
The human population of Pluto is subjugated by extortionate 
taxation, imposed upon them by the ruling Company, so the 
Doctor and Leela lend their hands to the rebellion.